Certification exam answers

Certification exam answers

• Based on the data below, which is the most effective advertising campaign? (Duplicate 2)
• Choose all that apply. When should you submit your sitemap to Google and other search engines?

• Google certification test answers

  • Which of YouTube’s awareness ad formats can use the CPD bidding approach?
  • Leigh is the marketing manager for a makeup brand releasing a new line of mascara. They have an extensive customer list and would like to use customer data to reach past customers with their new product. Leigh needs to create a customer match a
  • Jonah’s Surf Shop has been running Google ads for years, and now they’re interested in introducing a new type of online ad. Which potential customer could Jonah reach by running Local Inventory ads?
  • Google ads search certification assessment answers
    • Rina notices that her ad’s average cost per click (CPC) is significantly higher than the industry benchmark. But she’s not seeing improvements in her ad’s position. What can she do to potentially get a higher ad position?
    • Sam’s new to Google Search Ads and worries he may not have the skills or time to run a successful ad campaign. Which two Dynamic Search Ads features will be of help to Sam? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • You’re trying to improve an ad’s perceived quality so it performs better during an ad auction. What change would have the least-positive impact to an ad’s quality?
    • Marco owns a company that installs smart-home accessories. His employees recently completed specialized training on installing specific units for garage doors. He wants to capitalize on his employees’ new skills. How could a Google Search campa
    • When visibility is the campaign goal, which bidding strategy should an advertiser choose?
    • Yan wants to attract customers specifically searching on Google for Time-B-Gone, his company’s unique office-support product. His marketing consultant suggests using Dynamic Search Ads, and knows Yan will need to start with a simple approach. F
    • Wendy is setting up a Customer Match strategy to reach a list of prospective customers. What must she provide?
    • Which user type would the Google Ads system closely match as an Affinity audience?
    • What two ad extension types can also be served as automated ad extensions? (Choose two.)
    • With Similar Audiences, which Google product is included when finding new people with similar profiles?
    • Jennifer’s company wants to increase online sales of a featured product by connecting with users who are actively researching similar products. What benefit would a Google Search campaign provide Jennifer?
    • An advertising executive takes over a Google Search ads campaign. On his Google Ads Recommendations page he notes that the campaign’s optimization score is 40%. What does this score indicate?
    • What’s the primary benefit of using structured snippet extensions in your ads?
    • Jim has created a Google Search ad with a bid of $5. Two other advertisers in an auction have bids of $2.50 and $2. How much would Jim pay for the first spot in the auction?
    • Trina is using automated bidding as part of her Google Ads Search bidding strategy. Why might she prefer automated bidding?
    • While managing a successful Google Ads campaign, why would you choose automated bidding instead of manual bidding?
    • Automated bidding does the heavy lifting for advertisers on Google Ads. What does automated bidding use to set the right bid for every auction?
    • What does adding callout extensions to your Google Search ads enable you to do?
    • Trevor owns a manufacturing business that makes specialised hiking and rock climbing gear. He is a very small player in the market, but he is ready to scale up his business. Which Google Ads campaign type should Trevor use to increase his brand
    • What are two ways Dynamic Search Ads brings value to an advertising campaign? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • You are working to improve the quality score of a Google Search ad by increasing your eCTR. Your goal is to have more users click on the ad and ultimately visit your website. What might increase the number of clicks your ad receives?
    • Helen’s Heating and Air (HHA) wants to encourage interest in their new smart refrigerators. They know that WidgetCo also sells smart refrigerators. HHA’s marketing manager creates the broad match keyword “refrigerator,” and adds “WidgetCo” as a
    • John’s Plumbing prides itself on excellent customer service, especially during after-hours service calls. They want to connect with people who need emergency plumbing services in the middle of the night. Which criteria should John’s Plumbing co
    • Mary has been familiarizing herself with the different ad components of a text ad. Match the following text ad component descriptions with the components they describe.
    • Arrange the items below in order of hierarchy, beginning with the top level.
    • Match each autobidding strategy to the right campaign goal.
    • What is the key value proposition of Google Search campaigns?
    • Which part of a Search ad isn’t automatically generated by Dynamic Search Ads?
    • Which two people might see an ad with the keyword +black +shirt (set as broad match modifier)? Select All Correct Responses
    • Charlie is working to improve the quality score of a Google Search ad by improving his expected click-through rate (eCTR). Which of the following actions might improve Charlie’s eCTR?
    • Tim is looking to buy a new skateboard. He goes to Google Search to research and purchase the best skateboard he can find. Organize the following steps in the logical order to describe how Tim’s interaction with Google Search Ads would occur fr
    • Bob’s electronics company is launching a new television called UltraView1000. Bob decides to use broad match in his Search Ads campaign with the keyword “television.” How will broad match benefit Bob’s campaign?
    • Google Ads reviews saved text ads to ensure they meet advertising policies before being shown to users. What criteria are reviewed by Google Ads?
    • Every ad contains a URL displaying your website address. You can add two optional path fields to the display URL in a text ad. What’s an advantage of using these optional path fields?
    • Jacob’s physical toy store relies on offline metrics, such as store visits and in-store sales. He’s heard that specialized campaign types can help him meet these kinds of goals. Which campaign type can help Jacob achieve his offline business ob
    • How can Performance Planner serve your business?
    • Lola is in the process of selecting a campaign type to suit her business objectives. Why is it important that she consider business objectives before choosing her campaign type?
    • Francis tries to explain to his boss the benefits of using automated bidding. Match these aspects of automated bidding with the benefits they serve.
    • Yuto owns a souvenir shop in Tokyo. He wants to reach English speaking tourists in his city during certain hours of the day. Which three areas of his Search campaign does Yuto need to adjust to achieve this goal? (Choose three.)
    • Advertising with Google Ads starts with creating campaigns based on your business objectives. Which campaign type would you pick for each of the following scenarios?
    • Mario owns a store that sells skateboard equipment. Mario understands that people are most likely to notice his headline text in a text ad. What should Mario include in his headline?
    • How can Google Ads help you advance your business goals? Select All Correct Responses
    • Jerry understands that expected click-through rate is one of three main factors that determine the quality score of an ad. What are the two other main factors that Jerry should focus on to improve the quality score of his ads? (Choose two.) Sel
    • After running a Google Search Ads campaign for several months, Meredith notices sales of her advertised products are starting to lag. She checks her Google Ads Recommendations page and notices that her campaign’s optimization score is 22%. What
    • Ingrid wants to acquire a lot of exposure for a new product line that she’s launching. She understands that she can reach a significant portion of people on the internet with the help of a Display campaign. In what way will a Display campaign a
    • Rina has heard the term Quality Score mentioned before and is interested to learn what it actually is. Which statement describes Quality Score?
    • Michelle recently launched a new product called **Wonder Boots**. The brand has already become well-known in her industry. She wants to attract more traffic via Google Ads but only for searches that are solely for her product name (**Wonder Boo
    • What’s an example of an effective callout extension?
    • Ideally, what’s the minimum number of values you should aim for per header when using structured snippet extensions?
    • Bob’s electronics company has quite a buzz around a new television they’re launching, called UltraView1000. This television is equipped with an accessibility feature that lets voice commands it. Bob decides to use broad match modifier in his Se
    • Gina wants to be able to try out multiple combinations of headlines and descriptions in order to optimize her results. Her marketing department suggests that she use responsive search ads. What are two benefits Gina could derive from using resp
    • Brenda’s working on improving a Google Search Ad’s quality score so it potentially gets a better ad rank and performs better in the ad auction. What change to Brenda’s ad might improve the Ad Rank?
    • Yan is working on a Remarketing List for Search Ads campaign. Which user could be added to a valid Remarketing audience list to ensure optimal results?
    • Ad extensions assist in providing users with which two things they want from their search experience? (Choose two.)
    • Your Google Search text ad has three main components. The first is a headline, and the second is a description. What’s the third component?
    • Marta’s online store sells accessories for a widely used smartphone, and her current customer base shares a number of relevant characteristics. She believes she’ll have her best return on investment by narrowing her Google Search campaign audie
    • Clara is an advertising director who’s tasked with optimizing her company’s Google Search campaign. How can Clara use the optimization score to benefit her campaign?
    • You want to increase the relevance of a Google Search Ad so it’s more meaningful to potential customers and provides value-added information to their searches. What two actions might improve the relevance of your ad? (Choose two.) Select All Co
    • Bob’s electronics company is launching the sale of a new television, UltraView1000. Bob decides to use phrasematch in his Search Ads campaign because he wants searches that contain UltraView1000 to show his ad. How else will phrase match benefi
    • Layla is learning about the benefits of using search ad extensions and has come to know that they can help to increase user engagement. What are two other benefits that search ad extensions can contribute to performance? (Choose two.) Select Al
    • How is using non-last-click attribution conversions useful for Performance Planner forecasts?
    • Jimmy has completed the headline section of his text ad and is now writing the description section. What are three factors that Jimmy should include in the description section of his text ads? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Tara is using Search Audiences to reach her most valuable customers. Which direct benefit might she obtain by using Search Audience?
    • When creating an ad, how does Greg know what it will look like to his potential customers?
    • As an advertiser, creating your first text ad in Google Ads is a simple five-step process. Arrange the five steps in order, with the first step on top
    • Which is required for an ad to be served to a user?
    • Lisa sells kitchen furniture through her website. While her sales are stable, she’s concerned that they’re not keeping pace with those of other online furniture stores. How can a Google Search campaign benefit Lisa’s business?
    • Barbara’s boss has asked her to use Google Ads to reach as many users searching as possible for terms around the services their business offers. Which keyword match type would help Barbara reach the most search queries that potential clients ar
    • What are two main benefits of using Search Audience solutions? (Choose two.)
    • Jerry’s managing a Google Search campaign and would like to improve the position in which his ads appear. He’s increased his bids, but his ad still isn’t showing at the top of Search results. What else might he do to improve his Ad Rank?
    • What’s a key objective in delivering ad extensions?
    • When should you use Remarketing Lists for Search Ads?
    • Pete is the marketing director for an electric car company. He recently chose “leads” as his Google Search campaign marketing goal. What did he hope to achieve by selecting “leads” as his goal?
    • Theo is looking to improve his Google Search Ads campaign. On his Google Ads Recommendations page, he notices that his Google Search campaign has an optimization score of 75%. What does this mean?
    • Samira has been tasked with increasing the relevance of her company’s ads. She has been told that she can use multiple headline options in her responsive search ads as a way to increase relevance. How many headlines can Samira include in a sing
    • What does layering an Affinity audience with a broad keyword targeting campaign help you do?
    • Using the Performance Planner on a monthly basis allows you to optimize which two aspects of an account? (Choose two.)
    • Why does automating your bid vs. using manual bidding contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • Marisol manages the online advertising campaigns for a chain of toy stores with both a physical and an online presence. Which Google Ads campaign should Marisol use to show images of her products, advertise her company’s online and local invent
    • Alex has started a Google Search campaign designed to promote his online motorcycle accessories store. His store focuses on custom helmets. How might Google Search Ads provide value to Alex?
    • When running Remarketing Lists for Search Ads campaigns, some audience lists have higher potential to convert leads than others. Order the audience lists from highest to lowest potential. (The highest potential should be on top.)
    • Asam is learning about Google Ads Search. He wants to know why a marketer might use callout extensions. For which activity are callout extensions beneficial?
    • What is one way that Performance Planner helps businesses increase sales?
    • Steven is an advertising executive at a large auto parts company. He uses his Google Ads Recommendations page to help him with strategies to optimize his Google Search Ads campaigns. One reason Steven values the optimization score is because it
    • Google Ads Search Certification – List of Latest and Updated Questions
    • Which two statements are true about the use of targeting options to optimize a Google Ads campaign? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What criteria could not be used to create a Dynamic Remarketing audience?
    • Reggie manages the online marketing campaigns for a vitamin and supplement store. He launched a Google Search campaign and chose website traffic as his campaign marketing goal. Which outcome is Reggie expecting from the campaign?
    • Ginger’s working on creating her first Google Search Ad. She wants to create an inviting and relevant ad, so potential customers will respond favorably. To earn user clicks, Ginger should focus on creating an ad that _____. (Choose two.) Select
    • Optimization Score is made up of over 50 recommendations to optimize Search campaigns.
    • Which ad extensions can serve automatically?
    • If an advertiser doesn’t want to add remarketing tags to a website, why would Customer Match be a good fit for them?
    • Which of the following can be customized with audience signals to make Search campaigns more efficient?
    • What is a valid recommendation that the Performance Planner can provide?
    • Why is using the performance targets feature after utilizing the Performance Planner recommended?
    • Which of the following goals can you achieve for your marketing campaign by using automated bidding?
    • What can the Performance Planner assist you with?
    • Hank wants to use a “Maximize Conversions” campaign with the Performance Planner. Which recommendation can be provided to Hank by the Performance Planner?
    • Which of the following is a core benefit of Google Ads automated bidding?
    • Ben is currently managing a campaign that has a total investment of $7,000, generates 1,400 conversions, and has a CPA (cost-per-acquisition) of $5. Ben needs to sell excess inventory. To meet this goal, he’s willing to increase his CPA and cam
    • You want to improve the relevance of an ad with a particular set of keywords. The goal is to increase the ad rank of the ad so it gets more exposure. What action should improve the ad relevance?
    • How would you determine the clickthrough rate (CTR) for a client’s search ads?
    • One factor the Google Ads system uses to calculate an ad’s actual cost-per-click (CPC) is the:
    • You have a budget of £75 per day for your client’s Search campaign, and you’d like to set a maximum cost-per-click (max. CPC) bid of £1.
    • If your campaign’s daily budget is £20, how much of your budget can be spent to show your ads on certain days, based on fluctuations in traffic?
    • The keyword insertion code in an ad’s headline is “Buy {KeyWord:Books}.” The ad appears when someone searches on “flower books”
    • A successful Google Ads text ad:
    • To optimize a client’s campaign to get the most out of her mobile advertising, you can:
    • Fran decides to use custom ad scheduling to promote her farm-to-table restaurant. Why did she choose this option?
    • Chanara, a senior account manager at a large digital agency, likes having an Google Ads manager account. What can she do with a manager account that she can’t do with an individual account?
    • Why would the data for a Search Network campaign show conversions but no view-through conversions?
    • An advertiser targeting only France determines that clicks have been received from people in Switzerland. Why might this happen?
    • Yoon, who sells designer jeans, has a mobile app to help women determine what leg style looks best on their body type. What could she do to bring in more prospective customers?
    • Which statement is true?
    • Which statement about ad extensions isn’t true?
    • You have a food truck and want to reach people who are nearby on their mobile phones. Your maximum cost-per-click (max. CPC) bid is £1.
    • To create a customer experience that’s relevant and useful at every touchpoint, a search advertiser should focus on
    • Dynamic search ads would be most helpful for:
    • Small-business owner Marcos set up his Google Ads campaign by thinking of “obvious” keywords off of the top of his head. What’s one way he might improve them?
    • You’re reviewing the campaigns of a new client who wants to better promote his child daycare facility to parents researching childcare on their mobile devices.
    • A new client wants to promote his 3 Indian restaurants, in different areas of London, to people searching for places to eat. How might you organize his account?
    • You have a maximum cost-per-click (max. CPC) bid of £2 for a keyword. To determine the prospective impact of raising this bid to £3, you could use:
    • Your average bid is £10 and you’ve enabled enhanced cost-per-click bidding (ECPC). Assuming you haven’t set any bid adjustments, ECPC can raise your bid to which amount when Google Ads sees an auction that’s more likely to lead to a sale?
    • Obi added a sitelink extension to her text ad and and wants it to show as often as possible. What’s the best way to achieve this?
    • The majority of consumers want ads customized to their:
    • You’re reviewing the paid & organic search report for a client who runs a Maui snorkeling tour business, and you see that her business appears only in organic search for queries such as “boat snorkeling tour” and “beachside snorkeling tour
    • An advertiser wants to improve the position of ads on Google but isn’t willing to raise bids. What else could increase Ad Rank?
    • Search terms report data shows that people who click on ads promoting your prescription glasses were searching for terms like “wine glasses” and “drinking glasses.”
    • Adwords Editor lets users do all of these things except:
    • To get an idea of whether you should continue to run a Search Network campaign on search partner sites, you can:
    • Jose has a limited Google Ads budget, and his ads aren’t showing as often as he wants. How might he improve results without spending more money on the campaigns limited by budget?
    • Which is a best practice for optimizing a landing page for Google Ads?
    • What can you learn from attribution reports?
    • The format of a Shopping Ad is different from that of a standard text ad in that it includes:
    • You have an online electronics business and you’ve set up an ad group for digital cameras. What keywords could make this ad group as effective as possible?
    • You sell chocolate and want to tailor your text ads so they more directly match people’s search terms, like “dark chocolate” You use keyword insertion
    • What information does a target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bid strategy need in order to find the optimal cost-per-click (CPC) bid for an ad each time it’s eligible to appear?
    • True or false: shopping Ads use Merchant Center product data to decide how and where to show ads.
    • Daley is managing multiple Google Ads accounts for a grocery store chain and using conversion tracking. What might make her daily Google Ads tasks simpler?
    • You’re working on the bidding strategy for a Search Network campaign. If the cost-per-conversion for mobile is lower than for desktop, how might you optimize the bidding strategy to increase the number of conversions?
    • Which report and metric should you analyze to see how often your client’s ads are showing above search results in comparison with other advertisers?
    • Roxanne’s online estate-jewelry sales are lagging despite running a great text ad. What else might she do to drive sales?
    • Clara is an advertising director who’s tasked with optimizing her company’s Google Search campaign. How can Clara use the optimization score to benefit her campaign?
    • Your Google Search Ads optimization score is calculated by an algorithm that looks across key aspects of your accounts. This score is used to help give you recommendations on how to optimize your Search Ads campaigns. What are two of the data s
    • Leo is in charge of advertising for the clothing lines of a large manufacturer. He uses his Google Ads Recommendations page to help him evaluate his Search Ads campaigns. Which feature makes the optimization recommendations valuable for Leo?
    • How can ad extensions contribute to increasing user engagement?
    • Why should your business use Performance Planner?
    • With Dynamic Search Ads, what does the advertiser provide?
    • Peggy owns a house cleaning service. She built a booking website and is ready to promote her services online. She wants her ads to reach people actively looking for businesses similar to hers. Which Google ads campaign should Peggy use to make
    • As a digital strategist, Jared wants to add something extra to his ads to give users more incentive to click and convert. He’s considering using the two optional field paths in the URL component of the ad, but needs to be certain his messaging
    • Karen’s washing machine broke, so she’s conducting a search on Google to find a new one. She sees a number of Google Search Ads for washing machines in the results. Which of the following make up some of the parameters that the Google Search Ad
    • Why should campaigns with different marketing objectives be separated into different Performance Planner plans?
    • Match these Search Audience solutions with the benefits they can bring to your campaign
    • Your Google Search text ad has three main components. The first is a headline, and the second is a description. What’s the third component?
    • Linda recognizes that a Google Search campaign could bring significant value to her eCommerce business. Which two solutions can Linda achieve via a Google Search campaign? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What can the Performance Planner recommend?
    • What’s an accurate description of callout extensions?
    • Each Similar Audience has its seed list members removed to ensure what?
    • You’re the account manager for a client who wants to increase reservations at her boutique hotel. You’ve been manually managing the bids for her campaigns, and you’re looking for ways to save time and optimize.
    • Marta has a tight marketing budget and needs to use a strategy that can drive customers to her website for a set cost. Which bidding strategy has the potential to meet Marta’s needs?
    • An advertiser enables target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding and notices that conversions decrease. What might cause this?
    • The owners of a coffeehouse would like to run an “afternoon espresso” promotion to increase sales on weekdays. Which Google Ads feature would be most effective for preventing their search ads from appearing at night and on weekends?
    • Which statement is true about serving relevant ad extensions?
    • An advertiser implements target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding and notices that the campaigns are receiving fewer conversions.
    • Which user data can be uploaded when creating a Customer Match strategy? (Choose two.)Select All Correct Responses
    • Mary is tasked with designing an advertising campaign for her company’s an online pet food store and app, and is exploring different campaign options. Which campaign types are available to her in Google Ads?
    • You can leverage Google Ads’ automated bidding strategy to help get the most from your advertising budget. What are two benefits of using automated bidding? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Jasmine is the director of marketing for a chain of clothing stores. She’s been given a set budget and needs to drive as many potential customers to her website as possible. What automated bidding strategy should she use in her campaign?
    • When are automated extensions, such as Seller Ratings, shown?
    • What’s the maximum number of ad extensions that can show for a particular query or device at any given time?
    • Jimmy sells televisions on his website. He notices he’s getting traffic from searches for a brand he doesn’t carry, and sets up a negative keyword for that brand. How does the negative keyword help Jimmy’s advertising campaign?
    • Google Ads offers a variety of campaign types that determine where your ad will appear and the format in which it will be displayed. What are the available campaign types?
    • Carrie owns a gardening store and uses a website to promote all the products she sells. A user saw a Google Search ad for one of her products. What might the user have been doing?
    • What is a main benefit of using Search Audience solutions?
    • Swee Yin’s fashion-apparel department store runs a popular biannual sale on men’s hats, with large discounts and surprise bonus items. She wants to tailor her Google Search campaign to highlight this sale. How can Google Search campaigns be tai
    • Google Ads was designed to help businesses achieve online success. To accomplish this, Google Ads was built on three core principles. What are these principles?
    • Trina sells dolls and accessories, and doesn’t have much time to update her Search campaigns with her ever-changing inventory. How can Dynamic Search Ads help Trina?
    • What are two ways that Performance Planner can help reveal the possibilities across all your Google Ads campaigns? (Choose two.)
    • John’s company makes a great product and customers are happy with their purchases. Unfortunately, few potential customers visit the company’s website. What are two ways that responsive search ads could help John’s company reach more potential c
    • Sarah’s Autos sells multiple automobile brands, showcasing used, pre-owned, and new vehicles. The company’s advertising manager decides to configure a broad matching type for the keyword “automobile,” in order to reach a broader group of potent
    • What content could be used for a structured snippet extension?
    • Bernadette’s in charge of marketing a new product in a highly competitive segment. She’s planning to launch a Google Search campaign as part of her overall strategy. What value can be recognized by launching a Google Search campaign?
    • What is the minimum number of users a remarketing list must have before being used with a Remarketing List for Search Ads campaign?
    • Singh’s marketing company has created an enticing ad that receives many clicks. What effect will the ad likely have on the Google Ads auction?
    • Michael built a high-quality ad with an excellent keyword list. He’s disappointed the ad isn’t being shown as much as he’d like. What’s a likely reason for his ad not being frequently displayed?
    • A water-sports company specializes in custom-made watercrafts and accessories. Their marketing manager decides to use the broad-match keyword, “boat.” The manager then adds “paddle” as a broad-match modifier. Which two searches may prompt the m
    • Match each ad extension with the benefit it brings to a user’s ad experience.
    • What does Performance Planner automatically do?
    • Which Dynamic Search Ads option allows an advertiser to group web pages under custom labels?
    • How does automating your bid contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • It is 10 a.m. and you are sitting in a train station in London, looking through your calendar on your tablet. You realize you forgot to book a boat ride for your trip to San Francisco to see Alcatraz prison. Match each signal type with how it i
    • You’ve been tasked with marketing a new line of plumbing services, but you have a set budget you can’t exceed. Why is Google Ads a viable option?
    • Mario is working on a text ad that will run on the Google Search Network. He filled in each component with the necessary information. What component asked Mario to highlight unique details about his product and limited the number of characters
    • Google Ads was designed to deliver three things to every advertiser: relevance, control, and results. It provides relevance by connecting advertisers with the right people at the right time. It provides results by charging only when you get a c
    • Laverne created her first Google Search campaign for her yoga school. She selects the Google Search Network and by default, Google Search partners. Which benefit will she gain by appearing on Google Search partners?
    • Priya only has $500 a month to spend on her campaign, but she needs to drive as many potential customers as possible to her website. What type of automated bidding strategy would be best for Priya’s campaign?
    • Karen has evaluated her Google Search Ads campaign’s optimization score after noticing that the campaign’s performance had slipped. The score is much lower than it was a month ago. She applies an optimization recommendation that surfaces in the
    • You’re working on a Google Search Ad that’s not performing as expected. You specifically want more users to click on the ad. What action might improve the click-through rate on your ad?
    • Francine is advertising her company’s newest video-editing software and related products. She knows that best practice is to create 3-5 ads in each of her Search Ad groups. Why does Google make this recommendation?
    • Tomacz wants to use a Google Search Ads campaign to capture the attention of customers searching for camping equipment online. What’s a key benefit of a well-managed Google Search Ads campaign?
    • Which Search Audience solution would assist you in finding new customers that share the behaviors and characteristics of your remarketing audience segments?
    • Rebecca is a marketing executive at an airline company. She has been asked to plan her company’s online advertising budget on a monthly basis. She’s chosen Google Ads’ Performance Planner to help accomplish this task. What are two advantages Pe
    • Your client, Vince’s Veggies, wants to increase downloads of their popular recipe printouts. You suggest they create ad groups based on the cooking categories that appear on their website. What will they need to create in their first Google Sea
    • Sandy, an expert on Search marketing, knows she should use extensions effectively in order to optimize herGoogle Ads campaign results. What’s Google’s recommendation about extensions?
    • Siona needs to make sure her ads are getting a minimum number of impressions on the top of the page. What type of automated bidding strategy is Siona using?
    • You’d like to improve an ad’s perceived quality during an ad auction. What aspect of the ad will be most beneficial for you to work on?
    • Your company provides home-maintenance services, and you want to reach more potential customers. You have a limited budget to work with. Why is Google Ads right for you?
    • You manage marketing for a small business on a tight budget, yet you need to reach as many people as possible. How can Google Ads help?
    • How does Google Ads generate responsive search ads?
    • Jamie wants to focus on selling her overstocked blue saucepans. She sets up keywords using a broad-match modifier. What are two ways the broad-match modifier makes Jamie’s work easier? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Organize these steps in the correct order to set up an effective Customer Match strategy. (The first step should be on top.)
    • Carlton runs an adventure excursion company in South America. He’d like to increase the number of people booking his tours. Which activity will lead potential customers to Carlton’s company through Google Search ads?
    • Why do search ad extensions matter?
    • Francis wants to increase his Google Ads skills and optimize results for his clients. What two best practices should Francis adopt? (Choose two.)
    • Brian manages his company’s Google Search Ads campaign. He regularly reviews the optimization score to make his Google Search campaign as effective as possible. What is Brian’s optimization score based upon?
    • How many ads should be implemented per ad group?
    • In-Market audiences would be suited to reach which user?
    • True or false? Affinity Audiences allows advertisers to reach people who’re actively researching and intending to buy the products or services they offer.
    • What are the three main factors that determine ad quality?
    • Which are the three required parts of a text ad?
    • An algorithm that looks across key aspects of your accounts calculates your Google Search Ads optimization score. This score helps give you recommendations on how to optimize your Search Ads campaigns. What are two of the data sources that are
    • What ad extension is only available as a full automated ad extension?
    • Maria has been told that she should use the Performance Planner on a monthly basis. Why should she do so?
    • Mary wants to run a text ad on the Google Search Network. She’s new to text ads and needs to start with the basics. What are the three components of a text ad on the Google Search Network that Mary will need to know?
    • In-market audiences allow the opportunity to specifically identify what kind of user?
    • A golf enthusiast regularly watches instructional videos about golf, has recently searched for the best golf clubs on Google.com, and has researched golf courses on Google Maps. Which type of Search Audience solution would best reach this indiv
    • Jennifer’s looking to limit the number of people who see her Google Search Ad for an all-inclusive vacationto Paris. She doesn’t want to match with people looking for anything else — just “all-inclusive vacation Paris.” So she limits who sees h
    • When creating a text ad for the Search Network, advertisers will need to include three distinct components. These include the headline and the URL. What else must the advertiser include?
    • Silly Sayings is seeing a lot of website traffic, but the company wants to generate more qualified leads. They’re interested in trying ad extensions to see if they can increase the number of qualified leads they receive. In what way can ad exte
    • Samira recently opened an online potted plant shop and needs to promote it. She has chosen Google Ads because it offers advertisers different campaign types that determine where ads will appear and in what format they will display when viewed.
    • Rashid wants to raise awareness of his brand and build campaigns focused on branded terms. He doesn’t have much time to devote to daily bid management, so he decides to use automated bidding to lighten his workload. What automated bidding strat
    • What Search Network text ad component provides up to three fields of 30 characters each?
    • Which attributes describe a good landing page experience? Select All Correct Responses
    • Match the marketing goal to the correct ad extension.
    • Three core principles, focused on helping businesses reach their online potential, are the foundation for Google Ads. The first of these is relevance. Google Ads connects businesses with the right people at the right time. Upon which other prin
    • When visibility is the campaign goal, which bidding strategy should an advertiser choose?
    • Which of the following factors wouldn’t change an account’s optimization score?
    • Molly wants to clear her remaining stock in preparation for ordering a new line of products to sell. As a result, she’s willing to increase her CPA (cost-per-acquisition) and investment, as long as it means generating more sales. Her current ca
    • You’ve seen great results from your Google Search campaigns when using Remarketing Lists for Search Ads. How might you amplify those results?
    • How can Performance Planner serve your business?
    • What is one of the reasons why an advertiser should consider using Performance Planner on a monthly basis?
    • Return on investment (ROI) information can help you manage a client’s campaign by helping you determine how to:
    • You have a friend starting her first Google Ads campaign. What would you suggest about how to choose keywords?
    • If you’re currently using text, display, and video ads but also want to more specifically control spending on ads that appear when someone searches on Google, which additional campaign type would you choose?
    • Based on Google Ads Editorial and professional requirements, which headline is most likely to generate clicks?
    • You might analyze exact match impression share data to get an idea of:
    • An advertiser attempts to enable target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding but the option isn’t available. The most likely reason is that the advertiser:
    • How would you explain the importance of ad impressions to a client who’s concerned that her Search Network campaign is generating impressions but no clicks?
    • According to 2015 Google Trends data, which term would consumers on mobile phones be most likely to type in a search engine?
    • You manager the campaigns for a client that runs a wine tour business in Florence. The ads have stopped showing on Google. If the budget is limited, what might help make sure the ads show?
    • The automated “Maximize clicks” bid strategy attempts to get advertisers the most:
    • Your client’s product costs £50 to produce, and it sells for £150. She’s sold 10 units and spent £700 on her Google Ads campaign.
    • Four Search campaigns that run out of daily budget
    • Increase the position without raising the bids
    • Identify specific goals for an Google Ads campaign, Make strategic changes to the account to improve performance
    • At campaign level of an Google Ads account can an advertiser make changes to network and location targeting setting
    • Benefits you’d expect from product listing ads except automatically produced video commercials
    • This could be a result of receiving multiple clicks from a single IP address
    • This formula describes value-per-conversion
    • What is the definition of actual CPC?
    • “Mobile app engagement” campaigns can be used to
    • Which allows advertisers to automate Google Ads reporting and campaign management?
    • You can use the Google Ads application programming interface (API) to
    • The Google Ads Application Programming Interface (API) allows developers to use applications that
    • If you choose a target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) of £15, Google Ads will automatically adjust your bids to try to get as many conversions at what amount, on average?
    • Which lets you change keywords, campaigns, ads, ad groups, and product groups?
    • Customers who want to increase app downloads should use which campaign type?
    • Which is a best practice for creating a mobile-preferred ad?
    • Sarah manages 2 Google Ads accounts for a client. Which tool would she use to search and replace a group of keywords across several ad groups?
    • A new coffeehouse downtown would like to run an “afternoon espresso” promotion to increase sales during the afternoon hours on weekdays.
    • After searching for shoes, Sean clicks on an ad promoting a sale on sneakers, which has several pop-ups. What should the advertiser do to improve Sean’s experience?
    • You own a pet-supply store with various category pages on your website, and you’ve set up a tracking template so you can manage tracking and redirect information.
    • Executives at a small e-commerce company are debating Google Ads performance metrics. If the budget is unlimited as long as return on investment (ROI) is positive
    • Having launched her first Search campaign, Asha wants to know just how many calls are being generated from the number in her ads, on her website, or clicks on a phone number on her mobile website.
    • A florist is advertising five types of flowers, including red roses.
    • Joanna would like to direct users to specific pages on her website directly from her text ads, in addition to her ad’s final URL. What feature should she make sure to include
    • If an advertiser has the same keyword in two different ad groups, the one to win a given auction will be the keyword with the
    • The keyword insertion code in an ad’s headline reads: “Buy {KeyWord:Books}”. The related ad appeared when a user searched “flower books” and the query expanded to a broad-matched keyword in the account, “gardening books”.
    • True or false: Adding an extension to a text ad improves an advertiser’s quality score.
    • You can use target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding to help
    • In order to differentiate ads from those of competitors, advertisers should
    • An advertiser targeting only France determines that clicks have been received from users in Switzerland. Why might clicks outside of the target location occur?
    • True or false: If you’d prefer to reach as many people as possible, use exact match or phrase match keywords.
    • Hannah is having a sale. In her ads, she wants to include the amount of time left in the sale. What’s the best way to do this?
    • You are tracking conversions in a budget-constrained campaign. If you raise CPC bids within the budget constraint, which result is most likely?
    • A furniture store owner is creating her first Google Ads campaign. What’s the best way to group her products?
    • Jonathan, who has a bay area sailing excursion business, notices that his text ads show below a competitor’s in search results when people enter keywords like “sailing excursions on San Francisco bay.”
    • A client is asking you why he should evaluate the number of clicks on his search ads relative to the number of impressions received. What should you tell him?
    • You want to see how raising your client’s target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) might affect his ad performance. Which tool could help?
    • You want to use Google Ads to promote your dog-sitting service. What kind of campaign might you create to reach dog owners, whether they’re searching on Google or surfing a pet-supply website?
    • Which ad rotation setting shows all ads in an ad group, even those with a lower clickthrough or conversion rate?
    • According to Google data, 70% of mobile searchers who’ve recently made a purchase have
    • Each of these are benefits you’d expect from shopping ads except
    • Data shows that your client’s ad that appears to people in San Francisco gets 120 conversions at a cost of £1200 and cost-per-acquisition (CPA) of £10, while ads showing in Houston get 70 conversions at a cost of £1400 and CPA of £20.
    • If you want to target ads to only people who speak Spanish, you can
    • Keyword Planner can do all of these things except
    • Drew is selling math textbooks and using cost-per-click (CPC) bidding for his campaign. What’s the final cost each time his ad is clicked?
    • An advertiser who sells designer dresses is selecting a landing page to pair with new ads for spring dresses. A good landing page for the spring dress collection ads would display
    • Which conversion metric can give you more insight into how your ads drive conversions on mobile phones, computers, and tablets?
    • Megan enabled target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding in all six of her campaigns. How can she tell if it’s improving her campaign performance?
    • You own a bed and breakfast in southern France and want to target English-speaking tourists looking for accommodations after they’ve arrived in France. What language and location should you target?
    • You’re using target search page location bidding. You know it’s working because you see your ad
    • You can add a “+”modifier in front of the words in a broad match keyword to
    • An advertiser makes edits to an ad and notices that its position is then lower than that of the previous version. What’s the most likely cause?
    • An advertiser selling computer monitors is writing new ad text for an existing ad group. Which meets Google Ads Editorial and professional requirements?
    • Which option can you use to capture potential business later in the day, even on a limited budget
    • According to Google data, after seeing an ad on their smartphone, more than half of people
    • High quality ratings for an ad can
    • With call extensions, a customer who searches for Thai food on her mobile phone can see an ad for a Thai restaurant, along with a phone number, and make the call with one click. How is that priced
    • Your client sells gardening supplies online. You suggest she use sitelinks because they can
    • Which best describes the relationship between maximum cost-per-click (CPC) bids and ad Rank?
    • Nick sells 5 flavors of gourmet popcorn. Why is he bundling ads for his best-selling flavor, “sweet & spicy coconut” with related keywords like “coconut snacks” in a single ad group
    • Heather has a mobile app she wants people to keep using once they’ve downloaded it. How can she make it more engaging
    • How does target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding determine the optimal cost-per-click (CPC) bid?
    • The strategic use of different marketing channels affects
    • According to Google data, among consumers who conduct a local search on their smartphone, how many then visit a store within a day?
    • Dustin wants to write a great text ad that will get people’s attention when they’re searching on Google. What should he do to generate the most clicks?
    • If you want to prioritize downloads of your mobile app instead of visits to your mobile site, you should
    • Zoe has a website selling customizable electronic greeting cards. What could be interfering with her getting the most possible conversions?
    • Blake is selling baseball caps and using conversion tracking. What information might he learn from the conversion tracking data?
    • Maria would like to target people who’ve already browsed her online clothing boutique by offering them a 10% discount on their first purchase.
    • How might you explain to an account manager why she should identify how much a conversion costs when setting up conversion tracking for a client’s search network campaign?
    • An advertiser who uses ad scheduling has a custom bid adjustment for 9 p.m. to 12 a.m. on weeknights. The normal bid is £0.40 and the bid multiplier is -25%.
    • You manage the campaigns for a baby stroller manufacturer that sells its products online and through large retailers.
    • Someone searches on “laptop computers” and clicks an ad. Which landing page would be most relevant?
    • A client wants to get more clicks on his ad and also raise his Quality Score. Which of these actions may get him more clicks but won’t raise his Quality Score?
    • An ad group contains the phrase-matched keyword “underwater camera.” Which search query may trigger an ad in this ad group to display?
    • Which of these statements is true?
    • Which is a best practice for writing an effective text ad?
    • What report indicates where users start or exit the conversion funnel?
  • Google ads video assessment answers
    • Which marketer would be an ideal client for TrueView for action?
    • Aaron’s client is an architect who’d like to use YouTube to reach more potential customers. The client believes one generic ad should be enough to do the job, but Aaron knows that’s a questionable approach. What can Aaron tell the client about
    • Janine recommends using a customer match audience on YouTube so a client can reach existing customers. Where does Janine upload customer information, such as e-mail addresses, to start the customer match process?
    • A YouTube advertiser is looking to drive direct response objectives. Reyna, a YouTube Googler, explains that YouTube for action combines formats powered by smart bidding with intent-rich audiences and measurement capabilities that can help turn
    • What report should you produce in YouTube analytics to see where viewers found your brand’s content?
    • Debra met with a client to discuss adding YouTube to their online advertising strategy. She told them how Google data and tools can deliver the ideal mix of ad formats, inventory, audience, and measurement solutions to achieve the business outc
    • Of the two bidding strategies you can use with your TrueView for action campaign, which captures as many valuable actions as possible within a given budget?
    • Which video format is available on Google video partners?
    • The YouTube masthead is effective for advertisers with which goal?
    • You want to use video ad sequencing frameworks. What’s one important data signal to keep in mind when creating your YouTube campaign?
    • Google video partners are partnerships formed through which ad service?
    • As a YouTube creator, Kieran can reach over two billion active users each month and use platform innovations to generate content that meets users’ needs. YouTube gives him the freedom to express himself, find new opportunities, and make a livin
    • Using Custom Intent audiences allows brands to drive action on YouTube. What’s the key functionality of custom Intent audiences?
    • What’s a key benefit of bumper ads?
    • Which statement is true about bumper ads?
    • Which statement is true about non-skippable in-stream ads?
    • Creators choose YouTube for its reach and the infrastructure of innovation the platform is committed to building. What are two other reason creators choose YouTube? (Choose 2.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Ryan manages YouTube campaigns for a client who’s interested in how engaged his viewers are with his content. He’d really like to know when they’re dropping off, to make his calls-to-action are visible. Which YouTube analytics report did Ryan s
    • TrueView in-stream and TrueView discovery ads can be bought on a cost-per-view (CPV). TrueView for reach is billed by CPM on impression. Which TrueView ad format is billed by cost-per-acquisition (CPA)?
    • Advertisers choose YouTube because it delivers proven results. What are two additional reasons why advertisers choose YouTube? (choose 2.)
    • Dan owns a farm supply store that sells plows to farmers. His suppliers released a new plow, and he wants to get the word out to his existing customers using google ads. He’s got the information needed to create a customer match audience, but h
    • Which of YouTube’s consideration and interest ad formats are skippable ads, bought on a cost-per-view basis?
    • An effective bumper ad created, according to Google’s best practices, includes a combination of branding, audio, and breaking the fourth wall — or speaking directly to the camera. What does Google recommend you avoid using in your bumper ad?
    • In a bumper ad, how much time is usually required to stick the landing?
    • Marta wants to create a TrueView for action campaign to grow sales of her products. She knows her history with YouTube conversions will determine which smart bidding option she’ll have to use. What are the two smart bidding options available in
    • Jana is building new creatives for her Youtube campaign, following the ABCDs of YouTube advertising. Her creatives use real people in a fast-paced setting to attract viewers. Audio and video communicate her logo and brand messaging. She’s creat
    • Users choose YouTube because it allows them to join an online community. This allows YouTube advertisers to reach these users much more effectively. What are two other reasons that users choose YouTube? (choose 2.)
    • Myra’s newest client uses a CRM to keep track of customer information. They’d like to use this data to engage past customers with a YouTube campaign promoting their newest product line. Which intent audience solution on YouTube should Myra sele
    • Google created the ABCDs of YouTube to help advertisers get the most from their creatives. You attract attention from the beginning, brand naturally and meaningfully, and connect with your viewer through emotion and storytelling. What’s the fin
    • Iryna is creating a six-second bumper ad for YouTube and wants to follow Google’s best practices. She’s planning to use her product in the video along with her company’s jingle. She knows there’s another best practice that has to do with breaki
    • Ben’s client owns more than 20 vitamin shops around the region and has seen success with YouTube advertising. Ben has recommended store visits for TrueView for action as a measurement solution to connect online influence to offline action. The
    • Brandon’s new YouTube advertising client has owned the highest-rated theater in town for decades. The theater wants to drive action and take advantage of YouTube audience solutions to reach consumers likely to buy a ticket. Which YouTube audien
    • Which type of Google audience signal analyzes user behavior to identify people who have, for example, recently graduated from college and may need to move?
    • YouTube analytics provides insights from the moment you upload a video. Which three basic questions about who’s watching your client’s content will it answer with a single click?
    • Below is the answer and explanation for the question
    • Which of YouTube’s awareness ad formats uses a skippable in-stream format?
    • Janelle mentions to a new advertiser that innovations in the YouTube platform are helping users discover more relevant content. What are two of these innovations? (choose two.) select all correct responses
    • Which TrueView ad format is optimized for lift in ad recall?
    • Audiences with the strongest level of intent are the most open to being influenced by your message. Which audience is made up of people who’ve on Google before engaging with your business?
    • Creators choose YouTube for the freedom it gives them to use cutting-edge innovations to reach billions of people worldwide and make a living doing what they love. How does YouTube help creators earn a living?
    • Which value proposition do custom intent audiences offer advertisers?
    • What are the four video ad sequencing frameworks advertisers can use to tell great stories on YouTube?
    • Match the YouTube customer with the Google Audience Signal type that helps advertisers connect with that customer.
    • Which data can you uncover by running a creative experiment using brand lift?
    • Which TrueView ad format is optimized for product awareness?
    • Which of YouTube’s consideration and interest ad formats enable advertisers to reach their audiences when they see interesting new content on the YouTube home feed?
    • Today, customers demand more from store owners with virtual storefronts. They want to know that the products they’re looking for are in-stock before they make a trip to a physical location. How can Google shopping’s local inventory ads help sto
    • Aside from conversion tracking, what’s a requirement for using store visits?
    • Which of YouTube’s awareness ad formats is designed to show video ads on websites outside of Youtube?
    • Aimee’s been researching YouTube as a way to promote her content. She was amazed by YouTube’s reach and the infrastructure of innovation the platform is committed to building. Plus, she loves the freedom creators are given on YouTube to express
    • Which type of Google audience signal can identify people who are actively researching with the intent to buy?
    • Based on the ABCDs of designing YouTube ads, how does Google recommend that you open with impact?
    • Match the TrueView ad format with its corresponding bidding type. (not all options are used.)
    • In Google’s ABCDs, what are two recommendations for connecting with viewers? (choose two.)
    • Which storytelling method entices users with short ads, reinforces their interest with longer ads, and then repeats the messaging to prompt action?
    • Which type of Google audience signal reaches consumers on YouTube based on their consumption habits?
    • Which video ad sequencing framework is focused on where a viewer is and what they’re doing when they interact with a YouTube ad?
    • Ramone’s client is allocating some of her advertising budget to YouTube to take advantage of affinity audiences. She wants to know more about affinity audiences before committing any resources. Which of the following isn’t a step Google uses to
    • To assist advertisers using YouTube, Google created a set of recommendations based on successful campaigns, known as the ABCDs. Match each recommendation with its meaning.
    • Which two are ideal advertisers for custom intent audiences? (choose two.)
    • What counts as a view-through conversion in a TrueView for action campaign?
    • Which TrueView ad format is billed on a CPM basis?
    • Lori manages digital marketing for a travel agency and believes YouTube could help the company reach a wider audience. She told her employer that users choose YouTube for the rich and diverse content, and because it lets them directly engage th
    • TrueView video discovery ads run on which YouTube pages
    • Based on Google’s ABCDs of designing ads for YouTube, what are two ways Google recommends you connect with your viewers? (choose two.) select all correct responses
    • True or false: TrueView in-stream ads and TrueView in-display ads can be in the same adwords for video campaign.
    • Janice’s advertising agency landed a client who’d like to understand how media consumption habits have evolved, prior to spending their budget on YouTube. They’re mobile-focused and would like to know the percentage of YouTube watch-time that t
    • With TrueView video discovery ads, advertisers can target:
    • Jasmine’s client is interested in adding YouTube to their online marketing strategy. They’d like a first-party data audience solution that lets them find new customers who share characteristics with their existing ones. What would be the ideal
    • True of False: Advertisers can use call-to-action overlays (CTAs) for free.
    • What’s a key benefit of TrueView in-stream?
    • Which is a tip for optimizing a TrueView video for viewer engagement?
    • Audra is marketing manager for a concert venue. She’s tasked with creating a YouTube campaign reaching fans of the musicians they’ve already booked for the summer. Which YouTube audience solution could Audra choose to reach these users?
    • With adwords for video, an advertiser can target:
    • Amy’s latest YouTube advertising campaign was a tremendous success. She saw more activity than she anticipated, but she’s not certain where all of it came from. She knows this data would help her improve her future performance. How can Amy get
    • Targeting enables advertisers to target specific websites, YouTube videos, and YouTube partner channels with TrueView ads.
    • Sara is building a campaign for a sporting goods startup with a revolutionary new bike helmet. She’s using custom affinity to reach users who recently searched for bike helmets or downloaded a bike-related app. Which elements build Sara’s custo
    • Ads can show on YouTube search results before they’re approved, but they can’t run on YouTube or the Google display network until fully reviewed and approved.
    • Google has created a set of recommendations called ABCDs you can use to drive performance in your YouTube ad campaigns. What does ABCD stand for?
    • With TrueView in-stream ads, an advertiser pays:
    • Lou’s client loves his suggestion of building an audience using specific keywords to capture attention when users are making an active purchase decision. Which YouTube intent audience solution did Lou suggest to his client?
    • TrueView video discovery ads run on:
    • Which one of Google’s data-driven marketing tools helps analyze what people are searching for on YouTube?
    • Linking a YouTube channel to a Google+ page lets you:
    • What constitutes a video engagement conversion in a TrueView for action campaign?
    • What’s the maximum number of targeting groups you can create in a video campaign?
    • Mina owns a high-end fashion boutique and has seen success with YouTube advertising over the past year. She’s uncertain which type of bidding she should choose for her TrueView for action campaign. She has a year’s worth of conversion data, but
    • Cost-per-view (CPV) bidding is used for video campaigns.
    • After a discussion with a Google audience specialist, Reilly is ready to suggest the use of detailed demographics to her YouTube clients. What are two characteristics of detailed demographics? (choose two.) select all correct responses
    • On average, how long does it take for a video ad to get approved?
    • Based on Google’s analysis of bumper ads, what caused a significant increase in ad recall?
    • How is a user added to a video remarketing list?
    • Miranda, a Google video specialist, is recommending YouTube to an advertiser who’s looking to drive direct response objectives. With over two billion logged-in monthly users and the highest viewability and audibility on the web at 95%, YouTube
    • Which is true when creating a targeting group for a video campaign?
    • What are two events that store visits for TrueView for action come from? (choose two.) select all correct responses
    • Which of the following can be targeted when building a mobile video masthead?
    • When it comes to driving action, you should focus on audiences with the strongest level of intent. Which of these “lowest funnel” audiences is comprised of users who’ve already interacted with your brand, but for some reason didn’t convert?
    • A video targeting group:
    • What’s one of Google and YouTube’s awareness products?
    • Which of the following can be targeted when building a mobile video masthead?
    • Which one of Google’s data-driven marketing tools is a collection of case studies from Google’s best advertising campaigns?
    • How much did the amount of time people spend watching video on the internet grow between the end of 2013 and the end of 2014?
    • When measuring offline conversions with TrueView for action, a store visit is counted when a user watches 10 seconds of an ad and then visits a store within how many days?
    • Frequency capping counts include:
    • What’s a key benefit of TrueView for reach?
    • When setting up targeting groups for video ads, it’s most effective to:
    • Landon works for an online marketing firm and believes that YouTube will be an effective addition to his client’s advertising strategy given its extensive reach of over two billion monthly active users and recent innovations that increase users
    • Which should be considered when analyzing campaign performance of different Trueview video ad formats?
    • Google created the ABCDs of YouTube to provide advertisers with a set of guidelines to follow to develop high-impact creatives. You Attract users from the very beginning and Brand naturally. Lastly, you Direct them by stating clearly what you w
    • Which video ads can be created with AdWords for video?
    • Which is a key benefit of TrueView discovery?
    • True or false: adwords for video is only recommended for branding.
    • How can Google’s custom affinity audience signals help an advertiser connect with their target audience?
    • Using advanced campaign settings, YouTube remarketing, and call-to- action overlays (CTAs) are all tips for optimizing:
    • As an advertising director for a marketing firm, Glenda uses YouTube ads to reach her audiences while they’re in their “personal primetime.” When is she trying to reach her audience?
    • Why should a YouTube account be linked to a Google+ page?
    • Which elements are used to build a custom affinity audience?
    • are optional, clickable thumbnail images that appear next to TrueView instream ads on YouTube.
    • TrueView for action ad formats use Smart Bidding to optimize for specific website actions. To do this, what must be enabled in your Google Ads account?
    • People are added to an advertiser’s video remarketing list when they:
    • Zane is managing a YouTube campaign for a five-star hotel that competes directly with several other hotels located in the area. The owner would like to use the names of similar hotels as keywords when building the audience for the campaign. Wha
    • Which can be done in YouTube analytics?
    • True or false? Google audiences are updated on every impression, so advertisers can reach only the most relevant consumers on YouTube.
    • The standard companion banner size for TrueView in-stream ads on YouTube is:
    • Which of the following is not an example of Detailed Demographics?
    • These people are redefining what it means to be a celebrity by being approachable, conversational, and authentic to millions of dedicated followers. They can activate millions of fans with a click of the “publish” button — and some are sharing
    • You want to find new, high-value customers using their data. Which audience solution should you use?
    • You can see average video-view duration metrics in the:
    • How does an advertiser benefit from using Google Surveys?
    • Tom has his sights set on this TrueView in-stream ad launching his new food truck company app. What creative element encourages his customers to interact with the ad and actually take action?
    • Leigh’s client, a car dealership, asks her to reach highly qualified consumers ready to make a purchase. Which Intent audience on YouTube should Leigh use?
    • You work for an advertiser or agency with an upfront deal. What is the best way to reserve Google preferred inventory?
    • How does an advertiser benefit from using Google Trends?
    • How can an advertiser calculate the view rate of a video campaign?
    • YouTube and Google Video solutions are specifically tuned to your business’ marketing objectives. They can increase awareness by keeping your brand at the top of customers’ minds. They can boost consideration by inviting customers to engage wit
    • How are rich media ads different from other ad formats?
    • Ira’s planning a YouTube campaign for a new bridal shop looking to attract brides-to-be. He’s sure that Intent audience solutions offer the best chance at success. Which intent audience solution should he recommend to this particular client?
    • An advertiser can use a remarketing tag to target people who’ve:
    • Of the available first-party audience solutions for YouTube, which would help you find future customers with audience profiles of 35-54-year-olds, researching motorcycles, likely on an iPhone?
    • What’s needed for an advertiser to set up a video ad campaign?
    • What’s the best description of affinity audiences on YouTube?
    • What do earned actions measure?
    • How does an advertiser benefit from using think with Google?
    • How can you launch Google preferred and/or mastheads ads?
    • You want to re-engage with people from your CRM database that bought something from your website in the past six months. Which audience solution should you use?
    • The best way to reserve an ad is to:
    • You want to reach people who are searching for content about the Manchester United Football Club. Which audience solution should you use?
    • You’re an agency that needs to know the technical specifications to build and implement your upcoming video campaign. Where can you go to find out how each ad format works, creative submission timelines, technical specifications
    • The four essential freedoms that define YouTube’s values are freedom of expression, freedom of opportunity, freedom of information, and freedom to belong.
    • True or false: more than one YouTube account can be linked to a Google ads account
    • Which of the following is not a top reason why users choose YouTube?
    • Your agency is looking to run a video campaign that has flexible pricing, real-time optimization, and an ad format that allows users to opt out of watching. Where can you implement this campaign?
    • Which of these is not an example of advanced audiences?
    • If the primary goal for your video campaign is influencing consideration, what are the KPIs you’d look at?
    • How can you create video ads to maximize effectiveness on YouTube?
    • Yoko wants to re-engage prior customers who’ve visited her YouTube channel but haven’t downloaded the shopping app. What can she identify to make a video remarketing list?
    • How can you produce video ads to perform well on YouTube?
    • Video campaign up and running, check! Now how’s it doing? Holly has just a few minutes to pull some data together on how her audience is responding to the ads. In particular, she wants to know how well her ads are resonating
    • According to Ipsos eye-tracking research, approximately how much TV advertising goes unseen?
    • Cards are a great way to increase engagement with your video ad or brand. Where do you create cards?
    • Which is a best practice for creating effective bumper ads?
    • What can you use to connect with people based on their purchase intent?
    • Which report shows how long a video was watched in aggregate?
    • Linking a YouTube channel to a Google ads account lets you:
    • Which YouTube storytelling technique describes when a video ad changes based on a person’s viewing context?
    • What benefit of advertising with TrueView best serves a new video advertiser hoping to share his niche brand story with just the right audience?
    • Your client is an online car marketplace. Which audience solution can help your client’s campaign reach people in the car buying process?
    • Call-to-action (CTA) overlays are compatible with:
    • Match each ad format to its primary marketing objective. Drag and drop each item into the correct box.
    • If the primary goal for your video campaign is building awareness, what are the KPIs you’d look at?
    • Match each type of TrueView ad to its bidding approach.
    • Jared would like to use video remarketing to re-engage his current YouTube audience with a new product release. What’s the critical first step he needs to take within Google Ads to start a video remarketing campaign?
    • True or false? true view ads on Google video partners drive as much lift in ad recall as true view on YouTube.
    • An advertiser can:
    • Where does a YouTube masthead ad unit run?
    • Matias is thrilled about including video remarketing in his latest campaign strategy to bolster pre-holiday sales of his company’s new toy release. He is eager to re-engage with his prior customers who are exploring his YouTube content. What be
    • Which ad format typically has the lowest CPM among in-stream video ads and is also eligible to serve more frequently, particularly on mobile devices?
    • If someone clicks a TrueView video discovery ad thumbnail, where do they land?
    • Custom intent audiences allows advertisers to reach users on YouTube that were previously searching for particular queries across which of the following properties?
    • Where on YouTube can TrueView video discovery ads run?
    • Online conversions measured for true view for action come from three different events. Match each event to its correct conversion type.
    • Following the ABCD framework, what’s one way to attract viewers and give them a reason to watch an ad?
    • What type of advertiser is a good fit for true view for action?
    • Drew has a client who’s wavering on whether or not to add YouTube to their online advertising strategy. Which…
    • YouTube for action is comprised of formats powered by smart bidding for conversions or conversion values. What two elements are necessary for its success?
    • Lou’s client loves the idea of building an audience using search keywords to extend their reach and capture…
    • Which two Google audience solutions use first-party data? (Choose two.) select all correct responses
    • Leigh’s meeting a makeup distributor ready to launch a new line of mascara. She’s convinced them to use YouTube…
    • Yvette owns a jewelry store and has decided to create a YouTube advertising campaign to drive online sales of her new wedding band designs. Since she’s new to YouTube advertising, she doesn’t know which bidding type she should choose for her ca
    • Audra handles YouTube strategy for a popular concert venue that would like to run YouTube campaigns aimed at…
    • YouTube audience solutions help brands reach the most attractive prospects by tapping into real-time data and powerful signals. This gives brands the tools they need to be more effective storytellers. What’s another benefit of using YouTube aud
    • Myra wants to reach consumers her company already has in their CRM. Which Intent audience solutions on YouTube…
    • Following the ABCD framework, the direct component has three basic elements that, if possible, every YouTube video should include. You should give them direction and make the offer stand out. What third element of direct does the ABCDs of YouTu
    • Which TrueView ad format is billed by CPA?
    • Hiro’s construction client wants to reach people who’ve shown an interest in purchasing a home. Which Intent audience solution should Hiro recommend?
    • Which two Google audience solutions use first-party data? (Choose two.)
    • The ABCDs of YouTube assist advertisers in developing the most effective creatives. The first recommendation, attract, concentrates on hooking your audience in your ad’s opening moments. According to google research, what should you focus on to
    • Arturo has explained to a client who sells electronics that YouTube’s detailed demographic audiences can impact their advertising efforts. He knows detailed demographics help advertisers reach audiences based on quantifiable characteristics tha
    • Vesta is working on a YouTube campaign for a chain of home and garden centers. The owner would like to promote a new line of flowering plants to past customers, using email addresses they provided over the years for marketing purposes. Which fi
    • YouTube analytics can show you the aggregated totals of the minutes people spent viewing a video over time. Which report provides this information?
    • Which bidding strategy works to hit your desired CPA and allows you to achieve more conversions at a stronger ROI without manual optimization?
    • Julian has a client interested in increasing awareness with their YouTube campaign. Which three YouTube audience solutions should he recommend?
    • YouTube can help advertisers achieve three important business outcomes: awareness, consideration, and action. Which is a result driven by a YouTube advertising campaign to achieve action?
    • For TrueView for action, which three events can make up an online conversion?
    • Dylan’s client produces documentaries. The client wants to understand what makes YouTube so appealing to users. Dylan explains how YouTube lets users engage with the creators they love and become part of an online community of like-minded peopl
    • YouTube can help advertisers achieve three important business outcomes: awareness, consideration, and action. Which is a result driven by a YouTube advertising campaign to achieve action?
    • Match each YouTube platform innovation with its description.
    • Justine’s client is almost ready to get started with YouTube advertising. They’ve asked her to identify the business outcomes YouTube can deliver, to ensure they’ll achieve what they’re after with their campaign. Which business outcomes can You
    • What are two examples of the Intent audience solution, life events? (choose two.)
    • Which is a tip Google recommends to create an effective bumper ad?
    • Based on the ABCDs of designing YouTube ads, what’s one way to attract viewers?
    • Which percentage of YouTube ads are audible?
    • Annilee has a client who wants to choose YouTube audiences that will increase consideration of their products when customers are ready to buy. She knows YouTube has two specific audience solutions that can help her accomplish this for the clien
    • Your client is interested in testing six-second bumper ads. What are two tips you can share with them about these ads? (choose two.)
    • TrueView in-stream ads can appear on:
    • What’s an example of a managed placement for a TrueView in-stream ad?
    • Video advertising on YouTube lets you:
    • TrueView video discovery ads run on
    • What does linking an adwords account to a YouTube account allow an advertiser to do?
    • Ads can be created and managed through adwords.
    • True or false: to get full access to YouTube analytics, you need to link your adwords and YouTube accounts.
    • Which of these remarketing lists can be used for a video campaign?
    • True or false: with TrueView in-stream video ads, the advertiser pays when someone hovers their cursor over the ad for 5 seconds.
    • A client who wants to advertise before, during, or after popular videos on the display network should:
    • True or false: advertisers can set bids per ad format
    • If someone clicks a TrueView video discovery ad, where do they land?
    • Why is average view frequency important to measure?
    • Which is a best practice for a successful TrueView in-stream ad?
    • In which TrueView format(s) can an advertiser use a companion banner?
    • An advertiser is charged for viewing a TrueView discovery ad when someone
    • Where would a call-to-action (CTA) overlay show?
    • Maria wants to make sure and share her video ads when her target audience is most likely to view them! When setting up her TrueView standard video campaign in Google Ads, what setting allows her to adjust these parameters?
    • Your manager wants to know how Google can help your brand get in front of mobile users. What might you say?
    • TrueView video discovery ads can run on:
    • TrueView in-stream ads and video discovery ads appear, respectively:
    • What are the targeting options for mastheads?
    • What is Google’s programmatic buying platform?
    • True or false: You can use contextual targeting with videos.
    • Using a variety of Google tools, Jose was able to glean insight into jean preferences for the area of Chicago in which his new store is opening. However, he has plans to expand nationally!
    • Video ads can appear on:
    • Which can an advertiser include in a TrueView video ad to increase interactivity?
    • Sebastien wants to get a good read on how his users are interacting with his videos across different geographies of his target demographic. For example, it would be helpful to know what calls-to-action are driving higher clickthrough rates
    • A TrueView video discovery ad needs to be:
    • True or false: IP address exclusion is not available for TrueView campaigns
    • How can an advertiser set up Google ads conversion tracking for a TrueView in-stream ad campaign?
    • True or false: video ads may appear in videos marked “private” on YouTube.
    • John launched a new line of men’s shoes on his fashion website, and he wants to build awareness about the launch. Which targeting option should he use?
    • A click on a companion banner:
    • When is someone added to an advertiser’s video remarketing list?
    • Before finalizing the target audience for his next campaign, Sacha would like to find out more about what his potential audience, especially what they think about his product. What Google tool could he use to gain this insight quickly?
    • Which of these formats can be booked cross-screen (mobile and desktop)?
    • What’s the view rate of an AdWords campaign that shows 10,000 impressions, 900 views, and 300 clicks?
    • A TrueView in-stream ad view is counted when a viewer:
    • With a masthead ad, an advertiser can reserve:
    • True or false: YouTube remarketing lists can be used with standard text and display ads.
    • What percentage of video views on YouTube come from mobile devices?
    • With YouTube analytics, you can track metrics on:
    • TrueView video campaigns can include:
    • What does average view frequency measure?
    • Which ad rotation option can’t be used for video campaigns?
    • True or false: advertisers have to implement a code to use the remarketing feature on adWords for video.
    • Which of these can be created to run on the display network?
    • An advertiser who wants to target specific categories of video content on the display network should:
    • What is masthead billing based on?
    • What’s the maximum length a TrueView video ad can be?
    • What’s the difference between cost-per-click (CPC) bidding and cost-per- view (CPV) bidding?
    • Which devices can an advertiser target with a mobile video masthead?
    • If an advertiser adds affinity audiences and topics to the same targeting group, a TrueView ad will show:
    • Which targeting methods can be used with TrueView ads?
    • The most effective way to control the number of times someone sees an ad is by:
    • If your client wants to pay only when someone views an ad, you should use:
    • Which is the best tip for optimizing a TrueView video for viewer engagement?
    • On mobile alone, what platform reaches more 18- to 49-year-olds than any broadcast or cable TV network?
    • Google helps marketers connect with people using what three kinds of data?
    • Which should you consider when evaluating the performance of an advertiser’s TrueView campaign for brand awareness?
    • To run a TrueView video ad, the video must be uploaded to:
    • Your agency wants to run an ad campaign that reaches audiences that are hard to find on TV, impacts customers with engaging formats, and allows your team to measure and optimize their campaigns in near real time. Where can you advertise to acco
    • You want to plan YouTube media in terms of reach and frequency, talk in terms of GRPs and cost per points. What Google measurement solution will you use?
    • The initial remarketing list size for video campaigns includes users from the past:
    • Targeting lets advertisers place ads on specific websites, YouTube videos, and YouTube Partner channels with TrueView ads.
    • An advertiser wants to know the minimum amount of money that she must spend on an AdWords campaign. What should you tell her?
    • _______ is used to measure video campaigns.
    • If your client wants a specific reach for a specific price on YouTube, you should use:
    • Video remarketing is a way to optimize:
    • What are best practices for creating a TrueView in-stream ad?
    • True or false: the standard banner size supported by YouTube is 300×250.
    • True or false: advertisers can implement a remarketing tag for mastheads
    • True or false: Advertisers cannot combine AdWords remarketing lists with a video remarketing list created in YouTube.
    • Aaron’s client is an architect who’d like to use YouTube to reach more potential customers. The client believes one generic ad should be enough to do the job, but Aaron knows that’s a questionable approach. What can Aaron tell the client about
    • Mira explained to a new client how YouTube can help brands reach the most attractive customers and prospects by helping them tap into real-time data and powerful signals to be more effective storytellers. Which other benefit of YouTube audience
    • Of the storytelling methods recommended for YouTube campaigns, which one uses a long-piece format creative ad to deliver a brand’s messaging and shorter ads to reinforce it?
    • Which one of Google’s data-driven tools is part of Google analytics solutions?
    • What information can YouTube analytics provide about where people are watching your videos?
    • How can Google’s In-market audience signals help an advertiser connect with their target audience?
    • Ajay’s meeting with a client who’s considering YouTube advertising. The client wants to better understand why users choose YouTube. Ajay shares information on YouTube’s extensive reach and the opportunity it provides for users to connect with a
    • Which YouTube analytics report can give you the average view duration for all of the videos on your brand’s channel?
    • In the ABCD recommendations Google created for YouTube advertising, the A stands for attract and the B for brand. What do the C and D stand for?
    • Nadia’s client is concerned about losing their presence in customer living rooms. Nadia knows YouTube would be an excellent solution for the client’s problem. What’s a compelling reason YouTube would be a good solution for her client to conside
    • What are the two types of bidding available for TrueView for action to help drive conversions? (Choose two.)
    • What is one reason an advertiser would choose YouTube for action?
    • Which is a key benefit of bumper ads?
    • Match the marketing objective with the TrueView ad format that’s optimized for that objective.
    • Which two video formats are available on Google Video Partners? (Choose two.)
    • Which storytelling methods does Google recommend for use within your YouTube campaigns?
    • How can Google’s Consumer Patterns audience signals help an advertiser connect with their target audience?
    • What are the tested benefits of bumper ads?
    • Which is a key benefit of bumper ads?
    • What is one reason an advertiser would choose YouTube for action?
    • What are the two types of bidding available for TrueView for action to help drive conversions? (Choose two.)
    • Nadia’s client is concerned about losing their presence in customer living rooms. Nadia knows YouTube would be an excellent solution for the client’s problem. What’s a compelling reason YouTube would be a good solution for her client to conside
    • In the ABCD recommendations Google created for YouTube advertising, the A stands for attract and the B for brand. What do the C and D stand for?
    • Which YouTube analytics report can give you the average view duration for all of the videos on your brand’s channel?
    • Ajay’s meeting with a client who’s considering YouTube advertising. The client wants to better understand why users choose YouTube. Ajay shares information on YouTube’s extensive reach and the opportunity it provides for users to connect with a
    • How can Google’s In-market audience signals help an advertiser connect with their target audience?
    • What information can YouTube analytics provide about where people are watching your videos?
    • Which one of Google’s data-driven tools is part of Google analytics solutions?
    • Of the storytelling methods recommended for YouTube campaigns, which one uses a long-piece format creative ad to deliver a brand’s messaging and shorter ads to reinforce it?
    • Mira explained to a new client how YouTube can help brands reach the most attractive customers and prospects by helping them tap into real-time data and powerful signals to be more effective storytellers. Which other benefit of YouTube audience
    • When your goal is driving action, you focus on audiences with the strongest level of intent. Match each “lowest funnel” audience type with its description.
    • What are the three key reasons advertisers choose YouTube to help build their brands?
    • Which of YouTube’s ad formats target high-intent audiences at key moments of making a buying decision, and help them make the purchase?
  • Google ads display certification assessment answers
    • An advertiser creates a display ad with the Ad gallery. The ad does not show properly for all of the sizes that the advertiser wishes to use
    • A Ready Lightbox ad can contain:
    • When creating a display ad, Ad gallery lets you:
    • Which automatically optimizes both targeting and bidding based on conversion history to help find additional conversions for Display Network campaigns?
    • An ad’s Quality Score on the Google Display Network will affect:
    • In order to use Conversion Optimizer, an advertiser must:
    • Which would contribute to a higher Quality Score for a display ad?
    • What’s something you can do in Ad gallery to enhance a dynamic display ad?
    • When an advertiser using viewable cost-per-thousand impressions (vCPM) bidding clicks on his own display ad, Quality Score:
    • If you’re considering a Display Network campaign and want to estimate the reach of different targeting options, you’d use
    • The Ad Gallery allows advertisers to:
    • What is a best practice for building ads using the Ad gallery?
    • What’s a best practice for creating an effective ad using the Ad gallery?
    • Which tool works best to help advertisers automatically find and bid on relevant placements?
    • For advertisers bidding on maximum CPC basis, Quality Score on the Display Network is evaluated on the:
    • What’s needed to create a “Display Network” campaign to start promoting an app in other apps and on mobile websites?
    • A custom Lightbox ad must have a format hosted in:
    • Which is a method for evaluating performance of engagement ads created with the Ad gallery?
    • Advertisers using the Display Network can use the reporting table in the Placements section of the Display tab to determine the:
    • An advertiser who’s had success with text ads on the Display Network wants to start using rich media ads. Why should she consider using Ad gallery compared with other tools?
    • An advertiser who has conversion tracking enabled wants to optimize a campaign that contains display ads. In order to identify the websites that are generating sales, the advertiser should review:
    • Which builds keyword lists that can be used to show your ads relevant webpages across the Google Display Network?
    • Display inventory on the Google Display Network can come from AdSense or:
    • Which is the best type of campaign for advertisers to target a set of specific sites they’ve chosen?
    • An ad may not appear correctly on mobile phones if it:
    • Which bidding strategy should use you if you want to increase revenue from your ad spend?
    • Which is the best type of campaign for an advertiser to use to target a set of specific mobile apps with ads for their website
    • You’ve just opened your new bakery shop in Paris, and would like to have more customers in your shop. Which bid strategy do you need to select
    • If a display ad appears “above the fold,” this means that the ad:
    • In-market audience targeting consists of people:
    • An advertiser purchasing display advertising through other ad networks can still benefit from using AdWords display ads because the advertiser:
    • Which report is helpful when using Site and Category Exclusions?
    • How long should advertisers wait after creating a new display campaign before analyzing its performance?
    • Your client wants to place image and video ads on a wide variety of websites so people will see them while browsing those sites. Which types of AdWords campaign would be best for that?
    • How does an extension work on a Display ad?
    • Your client Alexa, who sells wedding accessories, is running a text ad on the Display Network. What might Google automatically include in her ads?
    • An advertiser selling airline tickets has designed an image ad with drop-down menus for airport departure and arrival locations. Rather than programming the menu to show airports, the advertiser wants a click on the ad to go to his website. Thi
    • Remarketing is targeting ads to people who’ve already visited:
    • Which automatically expends your reach based on your campaign’s conversion history to help get as many conversions as possible for Display Network campaigns?
    • If one of your display ad groups isn’t serving due to incorrect target and bid settings, what should you do?
    • Frequency capping gives advertisers the ability to specify a limit to the number of:
    • When using cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding, an advertiser bids using a maximum CPA and pays by:
    • Viewable cost-per-thousand impressions (vCPM):
    • Your client wants to reach new parents with ads for organic baby food. What kind of targeting would you recommend?
    • You might choose to use preferred layouts for dynamic display ads if your client:
    • When reviewing her display campaign, Gina sees that there are spikes in traffic to her site on weekdays from 10am to 1pm.
    • Where can you place a client’s image and video ads?
    • Your client wants to reach customers who are browsing content relevant to the company’s keywords and highly likely to buy their products.
    • Which of these metrics is typically most important in measuring a direct response advertiser’s performance on the Google Display Network?
    • Jackie is an advertiser who wants to reach people by using both remarketing and Product Listing Ads. What’s the best targeting strategy for her?
    • View-through conversions are only available to:
    • If your client runs a car dealership and wants to increase brand awareness among auto enthusiasts, which bidding type would you suggest?
    • Ads are likely to be most contextually relevant to the sites on which they appear when using:
    • If you’re using remarketing to reach people who’ve used your mobile app, they see your ads:
    • An advertiser using viewable cost-per-thousand impressions (vCPM) bidding wants to maximize exposure on a specific set of sites selected for a new campaign.
    • To raise awareness of what you’re advertising without limiting who might see your ads, you should:
    • You are interested in understanding how campaigns are driving traffic to your site. What metric would you look at to see how often people who see your ad end up clicking it?
    • Which practice would be acceptable under Google’s editorial and technical requirements?
    • True or False: An advertiser can target mobile apps via AdWords
    • Which practice would violate Google’s editorial and professional requirements?
    • Which allows advertisers to see which sites referred visitors with the most time spent on site?
    • You’d like to show your ads to customers who live in a specific region or country and speak German. Which targeting method can you use?
    • What does remarketing allow you to do?
    • When competing for the same ad unit, if the Ad Rank of a cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM), placement-targeted ad is higher than the combined Ad Rank
    • In your next campaign you’d like to show images of your products in your ads. What campaign type do you choose?
    • Someone browsing the internet sees Google Adwords display ad for laptop computers on a Google Display Network site, but does not click on it.
    • Your budget is $500 a month, your goal is to drive visits to your site, and your average sale price is around $10. Which bidding strategy is best for you?
    • Which best practice is advisable when optimizing ad groups within a placement-targeted display campaign?
    • Frequency capping limits the number of times
    • An advertiser would benefit from using affinity audience targeting if they want to reach people:
    • Which functionality applies to HTML5 ads?
    • What can you do by creating a separate campaign that’s targeted only to the Display Network?
    • You’re setting up a dynamic remarketing campaign for your client who sells educational products. Which best practice should you follow?
    • Which is a benefit of using display advertising with Google to build brand awareness?
    • When optimizing for the Display Network, a clear call-to-action (CTA) in the ad text is important in order to:
    • Which bidding option is best suited for an advertiser focused on direct response marketing goals?
    • An advertiser who wants to target specific categories of video content on the Google Display Network should:
    • Your client who sells sports shoes might choose to target a custom affinity audience if he wants to:
    • You are interested in understanding how clicks lead to a sale on your site. What do you call a click that leads to a sale on your site?
    • James has a campaign for an online training course and wants to understand how his campaigns are driving course sales and lesson sign-ups.
    • For an ad entering into an auction on the Google Display Network, the AdWords system will calculate the effective cost-per-thousand impressions (eCPM) when there are:
    • If a display ad has been disapproved, how do you submit a request for another review?
    • Managed placements allow advertisers to:
    • If John is setting up a new video campaign, which manual bidding strategy should he use?
    • Cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) bidding is only available for:
    • “Engagement” with a Lightbox ad on a mobile phone or tablet is achieved when someone:
    • An advertiser promoting the release of a film that’s entirely in French with no subtitles wants to advertise on YouTube. He’s advertising it heavily in France through a traditional ad campaign,
    • Haley’s client wants to drive sales of her new cookboook that’s about gluten-free desserts.
    • The dynamic remarketing tag collects data such as:
    • Which bidding type is only available for ads on the Display Network?
    • You are leading a brand awareness campaign for a car company, and you’d like to create buzz for your new model. Which metrics do you need to look at in your reports?
    • Which ad format is easiest to create, edit, and has the widest reach on the Google Display Network?
    • Which feature could help advertisers determine if the clicks they are receiving on the Google Display Network are valuable?
    • Which manual bidding strategy can you use to increase your reach?
    • Your client has a Mexican restaurant and wants to increase brand awareness in the local community
    • There’s no one recommended bid amount that works best for everyone. Which factors do you need to consider when choosing a bid amount?
    • Why is it recommended to separate Display Network campaigns from Search Network campaigns?
    • If an advertiser chooses to run ads in image formats, Google will:
    • Your client Christina wants to drive traffic to her site. She has return-on-investment goals and is already using AdWords conversion tracking.
    • Which remarketing list segment will typically have the highest volume of viewers?
    • Your client Anna wants to increase the reach and visibility of her ads. Which bidding strategy would you recommend?
    • How does Google Display Ads drive marketing results for thousands of advertisers worldwide?
    • Targeting by topic is a good strategy if your client wants to
    • Colin is planning out a new Google Display Ads campaign with the “Build awareness” marketing objective in mind. Why would Colin choose “Build awareness” as his marketing objective?
    • Match each business objective with the Google Ads campaign type that best meets it. (Each campaign type can be used only once.)
    • A running shoe company wants to reach “avid marathon runners” instead of just “sports fans”. Which targeting method should this advertiser use?
    • On the Display Network, enhanced cost-per-click (ECPC) automatically
    • Which is a benefit of using a Lightbox ad?
    • What targeting options are available on the Display Network?
    • Which report should advertisers run to see which Google Display Network properties displayed their ads and view associated statistics
    • Client has a cupcake shop in a hard-to-find alley in San Francisco. The best way to help people find her?
    • Doreen is looking to drive sales on her website, and is considering creating a Google Display Remarketing campaign How might remarketing help her meet her marketing objective?
    • In order to use target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding, an advertiser must:
    • Why is it beneficial to include a text ad in the same ad group as in image ad when advertising on the Google Display Network
    • Which feature applies to the Google Display Network, but not the Google Search Network?
    • A company creates niche sporting equipment for active female senior citizens. The company expects potential customers to be above 65 years old, either with or without a shown interest in sports. The company’s marketing team is looking to build
    • Your client Kevin works for a retailer that sells eco-friendly products. He wants to attract an audience with an established interest in his message.
    • When should you use automated bidding?
    • Which targeting option allows you to re-engage with people who visited your site by serving them ads containing the products they viewed on their visit?
    • A direct response advertiser is primarily interested in generating conversions from a display campaign. To get the best return on investment, this advertiser should use
    • How many websites are part of the Google Display Network?
    • What is the reach of the Google display Network?
    • What can the Performance Planner recommend?
    • You have a friend who has a small business, and she wants to manage her own AdWords campaign. She has no experience with AdWords
    • Your client Ali has a car dealership. She wants to reach people who are actively researching electric cars and ready to buy one.
    • James is marketing an online training course and wants to improve his campaign performance. He analyzes the conversion-tracking data and realizes most course registrations are coming from Atlanta
    • Which targeting method allows an advertiser to reach people who have previously visited their website by showing them relevant ads
    • For an advertiser focused on branding, what are the key success metrics?
    • Which ad format is recommended for driving action?
    • Dynamic remarketing lets an advertiser
    • Which bidding option is best suited for an advertiser focused on branding goals?
    • An advertiser notices that a display campaign is receiving a large number of conversions at certain times and days of the week.
    • Alan has introduced a new line of scooters on his website and is using a Google Display Ad campaign to promote them. He selects “Build awareness” as the marketing objective for his campaign. Why would Alan choose “Build awareness” as his market
    • What is your advertising objective if you’ve just launched a product and would like to show your ads to a varied group of consumers?
    • In order to use remarketing with Google Analytics, you need to:
    • What are the key benefits of using the Google Display Network?
    • What’s an advantage of using Responsive Display Ads?
    • Mary feels confident managing Google Search campaigns and is interested in extending her marketing reach with the help of Google Display ads. She’s trying to decide whether to create a Standard Display campaign or a Smart Display campaign. Why
    • Thelma is the marketing director for an online toy store. She’s creating a Display campaign to reach parents between the ages of 25 to 34. Which targeting option should Thelma select to achieve her marketing goal?
    • Marta has a tight marketing budget and needs to use a strategy that can drive customers to her website for a set cost. Which bidding strategy has the potential to meet Marta’s needs?
    • Which ad format is recommended for getting more users for your app, as well as finding users who are likely to complete in-app actions?
    • What are two ways that Performance Planner can help reveal the possibilities across all your Google Ads campaigns? (Choose two.)
    • Google Ads was designed to help businesses achieve online success. To accomplish this, Google Ads was built on three core principles. What are these principles?
    • You can leverage Google Ads’ automated bidding strategy to help get the most from your advertising budget. What are two benefits of using automated bidding? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Which ad format is recommended for building awareness?
    • Three core principles, focused on helping businesses reach their online potential, are the foundation for Google Ads. The first of these is relevance. Google Ads connects businesses with the right people at the right time. Upon which other prin
    • How does automating your bid contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • You’ve been tasked with marketing a new line of plumbing services, but you have a set budget you can’t exceed. Why is Google Ads a viable option?
    • Rashid wants to raise awareness of his brand and build campaigns focused on branded terms. He doesn’t have much time to devote to daily bid management, so he decides to use automated bidding to lighten his workload. What automated bidding strat
    • John launched a new line of men’s shoes on his fashion website, and he wants to build awareness about the launch. Which targeting option should he use?
    • Phillip wants to create a new Google Display Ad campaign and base his targeting on an existing remarketing list named Checkout Abandoners. How can the Similar Audiences targeting option help Phillip achieve his marketing goals?
    • What is your advertising objective if you want to ensure your content catches the eye of the people who want what you offer?
    • Siona needs to make sure her ads are getting a minimum number of impressions on the top of the page. What type of automated bidding strategy is Siona using?
    • What are two reasons a marketer might use Responsive Display Ads? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • In addition to partner websites, where can you display your ads on the Google Display Network? (Select two answers)
    • Molly wants to clear her remaining stock in preparation for ordering a new line of products to sell. As a result, she’s willing to increase her CPA (cost-per-acquisition) and investment, as long as it means generating more sales. Her current ca
    • Match the marketers with the Display Ad format that fits them best. (Formats can be used more than once.)
    • If you’d like users to fill in a survey on your website, which marketing objective do you need to select when setting up your Display campaign?
    • How can Performance Planner serve your business?
    • When should you use AMPHTML ads? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Samira recently opened an online potted plant store and needs to promote it. She chose Google Ads because it offers advertisers different campaign types that determine where ads will appear and the format in which they’ll be displayed when view
    • Why is using the performance targets feature after utilizing the Performance Planner recommended?
    • Why does automating your bid versus using manual bidding contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • While managing a successful Google Ads campaign, why would you choose automated bidding instead of manual bidding?
    • Automated bidding does the heavy lifting for advertisers on Google Ads. What does automated bidding use to set the right bid for every auction?
    • Trevor has discounted an entire line of products on his website and wants to use Google Display Ads to drive sales. How does Google Display Ads targeting help Trevor reach his marketing objective?
    • What are two examples of the types of audiences you could reach when using Affinity Audiences as a targeting option? (Choose two.)
    • Trevor owns a manufacturing business that makes specialized hiking and rock climbing gear. He is a very small player in the market, but he is ready to scale up his business. Which Google Ads campaign type should Trevor use to increase his brand
    • Lola is in the process of selecting a campaign type to suit her business objectives.
    • Loretta is the advertising director for a large meal-kit company. She’s setting up a Google Display Campaign to identify and engage with large audiences in order to extend their market reach. Which statement most accurately describes the reach
    • Which of the following goals can you achieve for your marketing campaign by using automated bidding?
    • Cassandra wants to customize her Google Display Ads based on how potential customers previously engaged with her website. Which option best suits her needs?
    • Jacob’s physical toy store relies on offline metrics, such as store visits and in-store sales. He’s heard that specialized campaign types can help him meet these kinds of goals. Which campaign type can help Jacob achieve his offline business ob
    • Catherine received a significant amount of traffic to her online pet store after launching her Display campaign. Unfortunately, many visitors to her online store didn’t make a purchase. When creating a new Display campaign, which marketing obje
    • Advertising with Google Ads starts with creating campaigns based on your business objectives. Which campaign type would you pick for each of the following scenarios?
    • Mandy has a large art-supply company that sells through both her brick-and-mortar store and online. She wants to increase the awareness of her brand and drive higher sales. How can Google Display Ads help Mandy achieve her business objectives?
    • Paul’s interested in generating conversions with Google Display Ads, but he’s not confident in setting bids himself. He’s relying on Smart Display campaigns to help. Which two bidding strategies used in Smart Display campaigns can Paul choose f
    • How can Google Ads help you advance your business goals? Select All Correct Responses
    • You’re running a campaign for a shoe company and notice that the sales trends show many customers are adding shoes to their shopping cart, but not buying them
    • Amanda uses “Influence consideration” as a marketing objective for her Google Display Ads campaign. Which targeting options are a good fit for Amanda’s campaign?
    • Bill wants to reach valuable, relevant audiences and engage with them quickly and often with his ads. How will creating a Display Ads campaign allow him to reach his goal?
    • When planning a campaign, the first thing an advertiser thinks about should be
    • Which of the following is a core benefit of Google Ads automated bidding?
    • An advertiser who sells coffee beans added the keyword ‘Java’ to an ad group. advertiser who sells coffee beans adds the keyword ‘Java’ to an ad group. After two weeks, she runs a Placement Performance Report and notices that the ad is showing
    • Ingrid wants to acquire a lot of exposure for a new product line that she’s launching. She understands that she can reach a significant portion of people on the internet with the help of a Display campaign. In what way will a Display campaign a
    • What is one of the reasons why an advertiser should consider using Performance Planner on a monthly basis?
    • Karen owns a large online business selling antiques. She wants to create a Smart Display campaign. What are two of the three inputs she must supply in order to create a Smart Display campaign? (Choose two.)
    • Google Display ads lets advertisers upload their own ads to the system, allowing advertisers greater control over the look and feel of their messaging. What are the two types of uploaded ads?
    • How is using non-last-click attribution conversions useful for Performance Planner forecasts?
    • What is a valid recommendation that the Performance Planner can provide?
    • What can the Performance Planner assist you with?
    • Using the Performance Planner on a monthly basis allows you to optimize which two aspects of an account? (Choose two.)
    • What are the three main automation components of Smart Display campaigns? Select All Correct Responses
    • Zoe runs a sports media website that caters to fans of many different types of sports. She’s starting a Google Display Ads campaign and is considering methods to reach her sports-loving audience. What’s a compelling reason for Zoe to use Affini
    • Ben sells housewares through his website and app. What are two ways that Google Ads can fuel his business goals and help him achieve his objectives? (Choose two.)
    • Howard’s in the process of creating a Google Display campaign and decides to use Custom Intent audiences as a targeting option. He’d like to influence customer consideration, but his niche audience isn’t covered by an In-market audience segment
    • Which statement accurately describes the reach of Affinity Audiences’ targeting?
    • What is a key benefit of smart display campaigns?
    • Marie is a marketer trying to maximize specific user actions after the click. Which automated bidding strategy should she use to accomplish this?
    • Jasmine is the director of marketing for a chain of clothing stores. She has been given a set budget and needs to drive as many potential customers to her website as possible. Which automated bidding strategy should she use in her campaign?
    • Jake’s been trying to build brand awareness for his new clothing line. Initial branding attempts wer successful, but he now wants to scale things to a larger degree. Jake can reach a wide audience by using Smart Display campaigns. How many webs
    • Which targeting option is best for influencing consideration?
    • Frank runs a scuba-diving business that offers lessons and sells scuba-diving equipment. Frank wants to engage with users who are researching scuba-diving lessons. Which marketing objective should Frank choose when creating his Display campaign
    • Ken sees a high level of success from his Display campaigns, and wants to take performance to the next level with the help of Dynamic remarketing. How can Dynamic remarketing benefit him?
    • When deciding between Responsive Display Ads and uploaded ads, when would you opt for control rather than for efficiency?
    • Joshua has an online store that sells skateboard equipment. He notices that potential customers are looking at specific skateboards but leaving his website without completing a purchase. Which Google Display campaign option can Joshua use to fe
    • A marketer is keeping track of the revenue generated by his campaign. He wants to see a specified return-on-investment for his monthly ad spend. Which type of automated bidding strategy will meet his needs?
    • Adam has determined that “Drive action” is the appropriate marketing objective for his new Display campaign. What are two relevant options he might use to reach his goal? Select All Correct Responses
    • Nathan manages a website that sells bicycles. He’s using a Google Ads Display campaign to drive purchases in that segment, and chooses In-Market audiences as his targeting option. What’s the advantage In-Market audiences gives Nathan in reachin
    • Karen has opened a new business and is using Google Display Ads to build awareness of her new products. How does Google Display Ads targeting help Karen reach her marketing objective?
    • What two types of remarketing can be used on Google Display ads? Select All Correct Responses
    • Julie wants to show potential customers products they previously viewed on her website. What does Julie need in place to create dynamically generated display ads within a Dynamic Remarketing campaign?
    • What two types of remarketing can be used on Google Display ads? Select All Correct Responses
    • You choose Influence consideration as your marketing objective and the Similar Audiences targeting option for a Google Display Ad campaign. In Google Display Ad campaigns, what are Similar Audiences built from?
    • Which two are available in Google Ads? (Choose two.)
    • Peggy owns a house cleaning service. She built a booking website and is ready to promote her services online. She wants her ads to reach people actively looking for businesses similar to hers. Which Google Ads campaign should Peggy use to make
    • A small business uses Google Display ads to help deliver relevant advertising to people browsing the web. Which statement is true about where Google Display ads connects with these valuable audiences?
    • You’d like to show your ads to users searching for custom t-shirts. Which targeting method can you use?
    • Felix wants to start showing his Google Display Ads to a narrower audience with the help of demographic targeting. Which two types of data are included in demographic targeting? (Choose two.)
    • When a Responsive Display Ad is automatically assembled, what’s adjusted to fit the ad slot?
    • Gavin is creating a Google Display ads campaign to help grow sales for his online clothing store. His goal is to connect with users who previously viewed pages on his website without making a purchase. Which option will best serve Gavin’s marke
    • Sierra owns a small business and handles many responsibilities, from logistics to marketing. She’s seen a lot of success with Google Search (hundreds of conversions a month) and would like to increase her reach by creating a Display campaign. B
    • Viktor’s been tracking the conversions in his Display campaign for the last 30 days. He’s had 24 conversions over that time, and plans to use target return on ad spend (ROAS) as his automated bidding strategy. Which type of automated bidding st
    • A company that produces sporting equipment for senior citizens would like to use Google Display ads to reach new customers. Their product line gears toward people, with or without an identified interest in sports, over the age of 65. Which opti
    • What can automated bidding help an advertiser improve?
    • Kim is seeing significant performance from her Google Display remarketing campaign, and wants to expand upon it. Which targeting option should she choose to accomplish this?
    • Angela’s ready to get started with her first Smart Display campaign, but her account isn’t yet eligible due to not having enough conversions in the last 30 days. What’s the minimum number of conversions needed (in the last 30 days) to be eligib
    • Mike is interested in using automation to more effectively manage his Google Display campaigns. What’s one automation model that Smart Display campaigns provide?
    • Emmy is the marketing director of a large marketing team, looking to reach an audience at scale through smart display campaigns. How might smart display campaign reporting help Emmy?
    • What’s an advantage of the reach of Responsive Display Ads?
    • Which Display Ad format adjusts to available ad space?
    • Which group would you be able to reach with a Google Display campaign using demographic targeting?
    • Smart Display campaigns use full automation to optimize and automate nearly all aspects of your Display campaigns. All you have to do is provide a few inputs. What can a user input in a Smart Display campaign?
    • Amy has created a new brand for her company’s goldfish training materials. She knows that other companies train goldfish and it is a popular sport, but realizes that it is a niche market. She wants to use a Google Display Ads campaign to build
    • Which Display Ad format runs in both native and non-native inventory?
    • Which two statements are true about the use of targeting options to optimize a Google Ads campaign? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Trina is considering using automated bidding, as she’s looking to make her campaign management process more efficient. What are three ways that automated bidding can improve efficiency?
    • Amanda is the marketing manager for a plant nursery. She has a large number of campaigns and needs help keeping her bids relevant every day. How can automated bidding help her?
    • Which statement is true about Responsive Display Ads?
    • Match each auto-bidding strategy to the right campaign goal.
    • Which of the following is not a component of Google Display ads’ value proposition?
    • What’s a characteristic of Responsive display ads?
    • What are the three marketing objectives that can be met via targeting on Google Display ads?
    • Mary manages Google Search campaigns and would like to extend her reach with Google Display ads. She’s trying to decide whether to create a Standard Display campaign or a Smart Display campaign. Why would Mary choose Standard Display campaigns
    • What two main ad formats can be used in a Google display ads campaign? Select All Correct responses
    • Of the ad formats available on the Google Display network, which one will automatically adjust its presentation to best fit the available space on page?
    • What are key factors to keep in mind when choosing a bidding strategy for your campaign?
    • Thelma is creating a Display campaign for her online toy store. She wants to showcase her products to parents between the ages of 25 to 34. Which option should Thelma select to best reach these users?
    • Google Display lets advertisers choose between two main ad formats: responsive display ads and uploaded image ads. Match the benefit of each ad type to the appropriate ad format option.
    • Uploaded ads give advertisers access to more inventory than Responsive Display Ads.
    • How does Google Display ads grow marketing results for advertisers?
    • Kevin is determining which Google Display Ads format to use, and choosing between efficiency and control. Match the ad he’s creating to the appropriate ad format option.
    • The customer journey has become more complex, requiring a dedicated bidding strategy. Google’s solution is automated bidding. How can automated bidding benefit advertisers?
    • Mike recently started using Google Display Ads to create a more automated approach to managing his campaigns. What’s one automation model that Smart Display campaigns provides that might help Mike?
    • You manage marketing for a small business on a tight budget, yet you need to reach as many people as possible. How can Google ads help?
    • Brian’s desired audience isn’t covered by the segments In-Market audiences offers. What’s another suitable option Brian could choose to help him influence potential customer consideration?
    • Brian owns a company that makes inexpensive replacement parts for bicycles. He’s ready to increase the scale of his business and wants to use Google Display Ads to drive sales. Which feature of a Google Display Ads will help Brian achieve his b
    • Your company wants to have greater success online. What are two ways that Google Ads can drive your business goals?
    • Robert manages a website that sells sporting goods. He wants his products to be featured in various online sporting publications while potential customers are researching and comparing different football brands online. Which option will help Ro
    • Why should campaigns with different marketing objectives be separated into different Performance Planner plans?
    • Why should an advertiser consider using responsive display ads
    • Which factors should an advertiser consider when deciding on a bidding strategy?
    • Why does automating your bid vs. using manual bidding contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • Which type of automated bidding strategy is Target return on ad spend (ROAS)?
    • Which statement is true about the value of Google Display Ads?
    • Which Display Ad format should you use if you’re concerned about malware and want a secure ad experience across platforms?
    • Which Display Ad format automatically creates ads from uploaded headlines, logos, images, and videos?
    • When visibility is the campaign goal, which bidding strategy should an advertiser choose?
    • When should you use responsive display ads?
    • What’s provided by Responsive Display Ads?
    • What’s one benefit of using responsive display ads?
    • What’s an advantage of the reach of Responsive Display Ads?
    • What is one way that Performance Planner helps businesses increase sales?
    • What does a Responsive Display Ad use in its machine-learning model to determine the optimal combination of assets for your ad slot?
    • Susan doesn’t have time to create Display Ads herself. She hopes to use a Smart Display campaign to automatically generate ads. Which two building blocks must Susan supply in order for a Smart Display campaign to automate her ad creation?
    • Steve wants to use Google Display Ads to reach new customers who are looking to purchase products similar to his. Which audience type should Steve try to reach to meet his marketing goal?
    • Simon’s using a Google Smart Display campaign to build out his ads. What benefit do Google Smart Display campaigns give Simon?
    • Quinn recently launched a Display campaign for his women’s clothing store. Since the launch, his website traffic has increased, but sales have remained flat. Which story shows Quinn using remarketing to drive action?
    • Rebecca is a marketing executive at an airline company. She has been asked to plan her company’s online advertising budget on a monthly basis. She’s chosen Google Ads’ Performance Planner to help accomplish this task. What are two advantages Pe
    • Priya only has $500 a month to spend on her campaign, but she needs to drive as many potential customers as possible to her website. What type of automated bidding strategy would be best for Priya’s campaign?
    • Olivia manages an online store that sells musical instruments. She’ll soon host a jazz event and wants to create awareness around it, especially within the community of jazz enthusiasts. Which targeting option should Olivia choose in order to a
    • Millie is managing a Google Ads campaign for a new client who’s tracking all important actions post-click and values each of their conversion actions equally. What type of automated bidding strategy would be ideal for this client?
    • Maria has been told that she should use the Performance Planner on a monthly basis. Why should she do so?
    • Lucy is creating a new Display campaign with the goal of building awareness. Which two targeting options might be suitable for her to use?
    • Josephine is in the process of creating ads within her Standard Display campaign. She finds that there are two main ad formats that she can leverage. What are the two main ad formats used in a Standard Display campaign?
    • Kim is seeing significant performance from her Google Display remarketing campaign, and wants to expand upon it. Which targeting option should she choose to accomplish this?
    • Bill has released a new line of products for his business and is using Google display ads to influence customer consideration. How does Google Display Ads targeting help Bill reach his marketing objective?
    • In order to drive sales with her Google Display Ads campaign, Charlotte wants to reach audiences who looked at products on her website, with new ads for those exact products. Which targeting option should she choose to help achieve that goal?
    • Hank wants to use a “Maximize Conversions” campaign with the Performance Planner. Which recommendation can be provided to Hank by the Performance Planner?
    • How does Google Display Ads drive marketing results every day for thousands of advertisers around the world?
    • Google Ads was designed to help businesses achieve online success. To accomplish this, Google Ads was built on three core principles. What are these principles?
    • Google Ads offers a variety of campaign types that determine where your ad will appear and the format in which it will be displayed. What are the available campaign types?
    • Francis Tries To Explain To His Boss The Benefits Of Using Automated Bidding. Match These Aspects Of Automated Bidding With The Benefits They Serve.
    • Doreen Uses Google Search To Reach Customers As They Search For Products Similar To Hers. She’d Like To Create A Display Remarketing Campaign To Reconnect With Users And Increase Sales. How Might Remarketing Help Her Meet This Marketing Objecti
    • Diana is running a successful remarketing campaign. She wants to expand her reach with other targeting options. While creating a new Google ads display campaign with the “Influence consideration” marketing objective, she chooses Similar Audienc
    • Colin Wants To Get The Word Out About His Newest Product. He’s Planning To Create A Google Display Campaign With Building Awareness As His Marketing Objective. Why Would Colin Choose “Build Awareness” As His Marketing Objective?
    • Claire has created a Google Display Remarketing campaign. What’s the most likely reason she decided on remarketing?
    • As a marketing director at a large company, Cara’s considering launching a Google Display Ads campaign, as it will let her reach global internet users across as many websites and apps as possible. What’s another benefit a Google Display Ads cam
    • Ben is currently managing a campaign that has a total investment of $7,000, generates 1,400 conversions, and has a CPA (cost-per-acquisition) of $5. Ben needs to sell excess inventory. To meet this goal, he’s willing to increase his CPA and cam
    • You’d like to create remarketing lists based on your customer’s journey through your website so that you can target them with different bids or ads. Which category describes the users that visited your homepage
  • Google digital garage certification answers
    • What type of information can KPIs provide?
    • Once you’ve worked out your Unique Selling Point (USP), how would you use it in a long-term online strategy?
    • Why is optimising customer touchpoints online beneficial for businesses?
    • What is the purpose of the ‘See, Think, Do, Care’ framework?
    • What should you consider when developing your website content?
    • Which of the following is an example of a ‘call to action’ on a website?
    • Which of the following is something you’ll probably want to exclude from your website?
    • What is the first step in creating an online business strategy?
    • Fill in the blank: A __________ is a shortcut to other pages on your site or elsewhere on the web.
    • What is a web server?
    • Which of the following statements is true when it comes to developing a web presence for a business?
    • Which of the following statements is true when marketing your business online?
    • Which term best describes the business activity that occurs when website visitors buy products or services from you online?
    • Which of the following statements is true when it comes to taking a business online?
    • Which tool helps you measure the success of your website?
    • What is a key benefit of having an online presence for a business?
    • Which of the following is the easiest way for visitors to learn about a business while visiting a website?
    • Taking a business online can involve many different steps. When starting out, which activity could be a part of this process?
    • The increased use of the Internet presents a lot of potential for which types of businesses?
    • When advertisers run online ads that typically include an image for people to click on, it’s called…
    • To an owner or administrator, what is a functional benefit of having an online store?
    • How would you classify the content distribution channel that uses influencer and outreach marketing to increase a brand’s reach?
    • Fill the blank: In the world of display advertising, remarketing is a way to.
    • When looking to expand your business internationally on social media, what should you do first?
    • Fill in the blank: When considering expanding a business internationally, the best place to start is to__________?
    • Fill the blanks: When advertising internationally, you should make your business ______ to the new market, consider the ___________ and any possible ___________ implications.
    • If you are looking to expand your company’s presence online internationally, which of the following should you consider with regards to your online content?
    • When looking to introduce e-commerce functions to your website, which of the following would be the best first step?
    • If a user abandons their shopping cart without making a purchase, one way to bring them back to complete the purchase is?
    • Analytics can help optimise your website for which of the following?
    • Fill in the blank: When you are considering the layout of the product pages, it is important to put them in ________ order?
    • When building your online product store, to make it as effective as possible you should look to optimise the performance by using images in what kind of way?
    • Which of these is not a benefit for businesses using fully integrated e-commerce platforms?
    • In the world of analytics, the time the user spent on your site is considered which type of data?
    • When using analytics programmes on your website, which of these do not fall under the category of a metric?
    • What is the benefit of using digital data?
    • When creating a presentation based on lots of data, what principle should you bear in mind?
    • When using web-based analytics tools, by segmenting the data you will be able to achieve which of the following?
    • When planning your display advertising, what does the word ‘placement’ mean?
    • When using analytics on your website, what do we mean by the term ‘conversion’?
    • How is a spreadsheet defined?
    • Why should you avoid focusing on collecting as much data as possible?
    • Why is it important that you set goals when planning your display ad campaigns?
    • What do website analytics allow you to do?
    • Fill the blank: When you link Google Ads with Google Analytics you are able to understand which ________ are driving performance.
    • What is one of the benefits of using templates for your email marketing campaigns?
    • In the world of analytics, tracking the type of device the user accessed your site by is considered which type of data?
    • When looking to advertise your business to mobile users, social media advertising can be really effective because…
    • When using analytics programmes on your website, which of these do not fall under the category of a dimension?
    • Which of the following is the most accurate analogy for a display advertising network?
    • How can your business benefit from video without making one yourself?
    • What are the benefits of using social media when looking to advertise your business locally?
    • Which of the following tools could be used to gain an insight into the phrases and questions people search for about a given subject online?
    • How can you attract social media users to share your video content online?
    • Which form of targeting would you use to display ads to people who have previously visited your website?
    • There are lots of social media platforms out there, but what is a benefit of using smaller, more niche social media platforms for your business?
    • Mobile advertising is a great tool for marketers, but all that good work could be undone if your website isn’t what?
    • How can you attract social media users to share your video content online?
    • Which of the following factors can impact the open rate of your email campaigns?
    • With more and more users using mobile to look at websites, it is key that you optimise your site so users can find it when searching online. Which two elements should you look to optimise for improved SEO performance?
    • Retargeting allows you to…
    • Which of the following actions would be most effective for a business to take in order to help them progress towards achieving their content marketing goals?
    • Building a plan will help you to focus your efforts when using social media. What should you consider when making your social media plan?
    • When using display advertising, what could you include in an ad to achieve the goal of driving more sales?
    • When it comes to mobile, how would you define usability?
    • Local directories are a great tool for getting noticed locally online. What would be the first step in using a directory?
    • When discussing display advertising, what is an ad network?
    • What is the most important thing to consider when optimising a search engine marketing campaign?
    • When looking to promote your products and services locally, what are the benefits of using search engine ads?
    • When looking to get noticed locally online, what information should you ensure is on your website as a minimum?
    • Which of the following is a core benefit that content marketing can bring to a business’s online presence?
    • When trying to increase the product sales on your website, one way to achieve this is to_________?
    • What type of tool can be used to monitor and evaluate your social media audience’s actions on your website?
    • Why is social media a great tool for your business to build trust and engagement with your audience?
    • ‘Because online attention spans are shorter, a great hook or opening sentence is important to draw people in.’ What is this a best practice example of?
    • When designing mobile advertising campaigns, what is a best practice to identify which keywords to target?
    • When building a website for a business, what type of design should it have in order to be ‘mobile friendly’?
    • When looking to promote a business on social media, what is a good way to grow your social media following or engagement quickly?
    • Why is it important to reach customers on their mobiles when advertising locally?
    • Fill in the blank: When search engines use factors like geolocation, IP address and location-based search terms to produce geographically tailored results, this is called _____________.
    • When looking to create video content for your marketing strategy, what three best practices should you look to include?
    • Mobile apps are a great tool to engage with customers on the go. What is one of the major benefits of a mobile app over a website?
    • How do you handle data in analytics to gain greater insights into our audience’s behaviour?
    • When it comes to knowing which social media platforms to focus your efforts on, how can you work out which one will work best for you?
    • Using social media for business purposes can be very different to running personal profiles. If you’re looking to attract people to your social network, what tone of voice should you consider?
    • What can you do to help your videos appear in search results?
    • Fill the blank: When it comes to promoting a business locally, search engines can _______________ your business in the search results page if the user is near your location.
    • When it comes to web analytics, what insights can you gather using analytics tools?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of display advertising over search advertising?
    • When trying to promote your business locally, what three key bits of information should be present in your directory listing?
    • When it comes to email marketing, what do we mean by the term A/B testing?
    • To improve your website’s SEO performance, when should you consider updating your SEO plan?
    • If the analytics for your video campaign shows people are only watching the first few seconds of your video, what can you do to try and amend this?
    • Google Search Console “Crawl” reports let you monitor…?
    • Which search query would trigger an ad based on this keyword: [London portrait photographer]?
    • We use them every day, but what is the overall purpose of a search engine?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of search advertising over display advertising?
    • What are three key considerations when evaluating keywords for search engine optimisation?
    • Which of the following is a key strategy for distributing your video content?
    • Fill the blank: ‘Search engines _________ the internet to discover content.’
    • When creating video marketing content on a budget, what is the first thing you should consider doing?
    • Fill the blank: When optimising SEM campaigns, negative keywords _________ your ads from appearing when people search for things that aren’t relevant to your business.
    • Digital marketing isn’t just about selling your products internationally. It can be used to great effect for local businesses. What do we mean by ‘local businesses’?
    • If you want to track a completed order in your website, what would be a proper place to add the conversion tracking code?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of Search Engine Marketing (SEM)?
    • A lot of factors can affect how well a website will rank on search engines. What role does metadata have in this process?
    • When looking at your email marketing metrics, Click Through Rate (or CTR) highlights which of the following insights?
    • When ranking websites on search engine results pages, which element of a website do search engines value the most?
    • What’s the first step in the search engine optimisation process for your website?
    • What can you achieve if you divide your search engine marketing account into relevant campaigns and ad groups?
    • When advertising using Search Engine Marketing (SEM), you only pay…
    • When advertising on search engines, if you bid the same as your competitor, having a higher quality score will mean you appear where in comparison?
    • When optimising a website for search, what impact do meta and title tags have on the search engine?
    • When looking to increase the presence of a website, putting together your search engine optimisation plan will help you plan your steps. Which activity would be first on the list?
    • Search engines see the content on a website as written code. How can you help search engines identify the images on your website?
    • When running a search engine marketing campaign, what goal do you expect to achieve by having conversion tracking on your site?
    • When fine-tuning paid search ads, you change a broad-match keyword to a phrase-match keyword using which symbol?
    • Fill the blank: When managing SEM campaigns, the best way to optimise your quality score is to improve the _________ of your keywords, adverts, and landing pages.
    • Which of the following will be achieved by including an offer in a Search Engine Marketing (SEM) ad?
    • There are many ways you can improve the performance of a website from an SEO perspective. When it comes to link building, which of the following statements is accurate?
    • Gaining backlinks to your website is a great way to improve the SEO performance. What best practice will encourage people to link back to your site?
    • When looking to optimise the performance of a website to improve its search engine ranking, using ‘long tail keyword terms’ in your SEO plan often allows you to…
    • When using a search engine, what is the name of a word or phrase somebody types to find something online?
    • What is the term we use to describe how search engines categorise each piece of content?
    • Imagine a customer has downloaded an app made by their local hardware store. How could that business connect with their audience through the app?
    • When looking to advertise a new business online, what is one of the major benefits of display ads?
    • When you’re building a business website, what purpose does a server have?
    • When considering whether to have a web presence for your business, which of the following is not a major factor?
    • When planning your website, what is one of the key things you should consider?
    • Where does the domain name of a website primarily sit?
    • Which are the first steps you should consider when constructing an online business strategy?
    • When designing content as part of your content marketing strategy, what does the ‘Think’ stage represent in the ‘See, Think, Do, Care’ framework?
    • Websites are hosted on a server and each of these servers has its own unique IP address. What does the ‘IP’ stand for?
    • How can businesses benefit from using analytics on their website?
    • You notice that when people see images of your products online, you have an increase in conversions or sales. Which customer touchpoint could you use to take advantage of this insight?
    • When defining a strategy for your business, how can competitor analysis help you establish a USP (or Unique Selling Point)?
    • Website hosting servers have their own unique IP address, what does this address consist of?
    • Web analytics can tell you many things about your online performance, but what can analytics tools not tell you?
    • What’s the biggest challenge for most businesses when going online?
    • Which of the following options is important to research when planning to expand delivery of products and services to customers across the globe?
    • When selling to people in different countries, what payment form should you consider using if you aren’t already?
    • What should a business do first, when considering going into a new market?
    • Which of the following is primarily meant to target new customers online?
    • Before starting to promote products to other countries online, what could you use to gauge demand for your product in that specific market?
    • What is the best way to translate the content on your website for a new market?
    • Which of the following statements is true when describing how retargeting ads work?
    • What is an example of product merchandising?
    • Which of the following is a sign that customers are having trouble using a particular device to make purchases?
    • What is the name of the process that describes what happens when a customer is taken to a separate site to complete a transaction before being sent back to the original site again?
    • Which of the following is an advantage of e-commerce?
    • What would be beneficial to include on a product description page?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of using spreadsheets?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of using spreadsheets?
    • Which of the following will you need to start an email marketing programme?
    • Fill in the blank: Actionable insights can be described as explaining the ______ of an online marketing campaign.
    • What makes the data cycle useful?
    • Which type of data relates to a metric that can be represented with a number?
    • Which section of Google Analytics can tell you whether visitors have found your website via social media?
    • Fill in the blank: If an ad is not performing well, one effective tactic is to _____________.
    • Most web analytics tools can tell you what information about the user?
    • If your key business goal is to get people to book rooms at your guesthouse, what data are you most likely to be interested in?
    • Analytics can give you immediate valuable information about which type of customers?
    • Fill in the blank: Website analytics can tell you _____________.
    • When looking at your video analytics, you discover people are only watching the first few seconds of your video. What should you do?
    • How can you take advantage of video for your product/services without actually making a video?
    • Using videos in email marketing and social media is an effective way to do what?
    • Fill in the blank: As a small business, creating videos to showcase your business or product requires only ______.
    • What can using video as part of your online presence help you create?
    • When incorporating videos into a digital strategy, which of the following tactics provides value to customers?
    • What is the first step of display retargeting?
    • If a person adds a product to a shopping basket but then leaves the website, which of the following tactics is most likely to encourage that person to return and purchase the product?
    • Which of the following is true when purchasing ad placements on an advertising network?
    • Which of the following is an example of the type of data that advertising networks automatically collect and share with businesses?
    • In what way can display advertising be effective?
    • When setting up display advertising campaigns, who can you target?
    • When using search engine marketing, where can your ads appear?
    • Fill in the blank: The ads on search engines are usually made up of ________.
    • If you own a film blog, which type of customer can you expect to reach with display advertising?
    • Which of the following statements is true when it comes to running email campaigns for a business?
    • If the open rate of your emails seems low, which of the following could help you fix that?
    • Which of the following is a common feature of email marketing platforms?
    • Which of these is a good practice to keep in mind when sending emails to your contacts?
    • If you needed to showcase which parts of a website are being clicked on the most, which presentation type should you consider?
    • Which of the following metrics could help you understand which blog post is resonating the most with your audience?
    • Which of the following will you need to start an email marketing programme?
    • What are ‘highlighting key dates’ and ‘considering multiple channels’ best practices of?
    • Which of the following best describes why approaches to writing need to be adapted for online content?
    • Fill in the blank: When describing the purpose of content, what is missing? ‘To entertain, to inspire, to _______ and to convince’.
    • What does the following definition describe? ‘The division of an audience into groups of who they are and what they like, with a goal of identifying a group most interested in your product/service.’
    • Which of the following is an accurate definition of what a content marketing campaign involves?
    • When making video content for your display ads, what is most important to ensure?
    • Which of the following can be used to target an audience when using some social media ads?
    • Before running search ads, you should make sure your site is mobile-friendly. Which scenario best describes a mobile-friendly experience for a customer?
    • When considering how mobile users will search for your business, which types of keywords should you focus on?
    • What can a business use to send messages to users who have already downloaded their app?
    • When it comes to optimising your website’s SEO for mobile users, which of the following is a crucial factor to keep in mind?
    • What does responsive design mean?
    • When looking to ensure your website is easily accessible by mobile users, what should you focus on doing first?
    • Which of the following is a pitfall when using social media for business?
    • What can social media analytics tools help you measure when assessing campaign results?
    • What is the best way to put your social content in front of people who don’t already follow you?
    • A robust social media plan includes which of the following?
    • Which details should you look to include on a business profile page on social media?
    • Which of the following is an example of a social media goal?
    • What technology do search engines use to ‘crawl’ websites?
    • Fill in the blank: Businesses should focus on social media platforms with _______.
    • Fill in the blank: If you use __________ keywords when building your search ads, minor variations, like plurals, can still trigger the ad.
    • Which of the following can businesses achieve by using social media?
    • When it comes to search ads, which description best describes ‘negative keywords’?
    • Which of the following can help you gain visibility in search engines?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of using relevant ads and landing pages?
    • When looking to attract a local audience, why it is important to optimise your website and content for mobile users?
    • What should your search ad have in order to promote more clicks?
    • Which of the following factors help search engines determine if your business is local?
    • Fill in the blank: It’s possible to determine how well a/an ___________ will perform without bidding on it.
    • Which three pieces of information are essential to include first in your local directory listing?
    • In an SEM auction, your Quality Score is based on which aspect of your ad?
    • Search engine marketing can also be called what?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of registering your business in online local listings?
    • When expanding a business internationally, which of the following is most important to provide on your website?
    • Which of the following is an example of a local search?
    • Which of the following is a good way to get other websites to link to your site?
    • Which of the following page titles would be most suitable for a website page describing a store’s return policy?
    • How can you improve a business’s visibility to people located near you geographically?
    • What can conversion tracking in search help you measure?
    • Which of the following would be an ideal goal for an SEO plan?
    • Fill in the blank: Short strings of specific keywords with low search volume are called ___________.
    • When it comes to search ads, which of the following could dictate how an ad will perform against a competitor?
    • What should be the first step of a structured SEO plan?
    • Which of the following factors should you consider when optimising your website for search engines?
    • Which of these can Google Search Console help you to do?
    • Fill in the blank: Spending money on search advertising influences how your website appears in ___________.
    • Which of the following can help a search engine understand what your page is about?
    • Why are search engines a great place for a business to be found?
  • Google Shopping Advertising assessment answers
    • What’s one unique feature of Local Catalog ads?
    • A single branch of Simpson Shoes has been operating since 1917. They recently ran their first online ad and after its launch the owner wanted to see the ad online. Where should the owner search to find his Local Inventory ad?
    • What are two ways Google Ads reporting for Shopping campaigns help monitor how your products are performing at many levels of granularity? (Choose two.)
    • Susan is the marketing director for a chain of bakeries that make artisan bread. She’s looking for an online advertising strategy to raise the bakery chain’s presence in their market. How can a Showcase Shopping ad help Susan promote her brand?
    • How do Google Shopping ads drive engagement with potential customers to make their shopping experiences as seamless as possible?
    • Which statement is true about Shopping ads?
    • Anne sells homemade artisan soaps. She just brought her brick-and-mortar store online, and she’s considering running a Local Inventory ad with Google. How could a Local Inventory ad help Anne expand her business?
    • What’s one way the increase in mobile apps, screens, and other surfaces has changed how consumers shop?
    • Joan sells fashion watches online, and she’s had great success with Google Shopping campaigns. Now, she’d like her business to do even better! How can Shopping ads make Joan’s Shopping ads even more profitable?
    • Gina owns a woodworking shop that makes custom cabinets. She uploads data to her Google Merchant Center to help create ads from her inventory. What data does a Shopping campaign use from her Merchant Center feed to place Gina’s ads?
    • Kathi, the owner of Klothes for Kats, is excited about the launch of her first Local Catalog ad. She remembers there are a few different views within the ad type. Which view will Kathi’s potential customers be able to browse on her new Local Ca
    • Boards by Ben is a surf shop that’s always used a Google-hosted storefront. They’re looking at ways to bring shoppers into their store with Local Inventory ads. What’s one benefit Boards by Ben can access by using a Local Inventory ad?
    • Carrie owns a boutique shop that sells decorative, handmade pottery. She’s choosing an online ad campaign to allow a seamless shopping experience for her potential customers. What’s one benefit that Shopping campaign ads offer Carrie?
    • Office King is a well-established business that’s been using print ads for their office-supply store for years. How can Local Catalog ads help Office King?
    • Mary owns an automotive parts store, and wants to differentiate her brand. She’s considering launching new ads with Google to influence automotive shoppers at the start of their purchasing journey. If Mary went with Showcase Shopping ads, where
    • The website for your retail business is receiving a lot of visitors, but few of them are looking at more than one page. What’s most likely to be the problem?
    • Glenn’s new business is growing slowly, but he’s worried about cash flow. How can Smart Shopping campaigns help Glenn’s business?
    • Sherman wants to be sure potential customers on mobile devices will see his Shopping ads, especially if their screens are small. In which position(s) on a search results page will Sherman’s Shopping campaign ads appear on mobile devices?
    • OfficePlus is a well-established business that’s been running print ads for their office-supply store for years. You’ve been asked to present Local Catalog ads as a potential solution for their consideration. What’s one way Local Catalog ads wo
    • Books by Brock is a used bookstore that’s always used text ads. They’re looking at ways to optimize their experience with Google ads, and considering Local Inventory ads. What’s a unique feature of Local Inventory ads that can benefit Books by
    • Maureen’s company sells first-aid kits for use in everyday situations. Because kits come in many sizes, with many features, and at many price points, Maureen finds it difficult to differentiate her company’s offerings from those of other vendor
    • Shopping ads help online businesses drive sales even before potential customers open ads for their products. That’s because shoppers are more likely to complete a purchase under what conditions?
    • How can Smart Shopping campaigns help businesses easily promote their products without making large demands on their time?
    • What are two features that can appear on Shopping campaign ads in order to drive online sales? (Choose two.)
    • Alice owns a business selling a range of backpacks for business users and worldwide travelers. She spends most of her time managing stock levels, staff, and her company’s finances, so she’s worried that running Google Ads might be too time-cons
    • Which statement is true about Local Catalog ads?
    • What are two ways to grow your business by helping consumers who want to buy at a local, physical store?
    • What are two ways to grow your business by helping consumers who want to buy at a local, physical store?
    • Lance, the owner of a long-standing antique toy shop, hears the youngsters in his shop talk about how effective the Display ad from Toys by Tammy was. He becomes interested in accessing the Google Display Network (GDN). What’s one way Lance cou
    • Jasmine is the director of marketing for a chain of clothing stores. She has been given a set budget and needs to drive as many potential customers to her website as possible. Which automated bidding strategy should she use in her campaign?
    • Local Inventory Ads allow retailers to promote their in-store inventory and drive shoppers to their brick-and-mortar stores.
    • What can local catalog Ads do? select all correct responses
    • Showcase Shopping ads allow a retailer to engage people early in the purchase journey, when they’re discovering what to buy and where to buy it. Where do Showcase Shopping ads generally appear?
    • Smart Shopping campaigns simplify campaign management by automating which of the following? Select All Correct Responses
    • True or false? Shopping ads use product data to determine how and where to show ads.
    • True or false? Shopping campaigns can help promote online and local inventory.
    • Why is using the performance targets feature after utilizing the Performance Planner recommended?
    • Which of the following goals can you achieve for your marketing campaign by using automated bidding?
    • What can the performance planner assist you with?
    • What’s one way to create a seamless experience for your retail customers?
    • Which of the following is something retailers shouldn’t do in a shifting retail landscape?
    • By design, YouTube advertising specifically delivers three distinct business outcomes to advertisers. What are the three business outcomes YouTube, by design, delivers?
    • To help with your campaign strategy, you can use custom labels to:
    • What should Kevin take into account when optimizing the title attribute for his new line of surfboards?
    • When reviewing the search terms report for your Shopping campaigns, you notice several terms that aren’t relevant to what you’re advertising. How can you use this information?
    • Greta wants to make changes for several shopping campaigns that she manages. She can use bulk changes to:
    • To maintain active product data, you must update your data every
    • You’re optimizing a client’s shopping campaign to drive online sales and are assessing the company’s website.
    • Research shows that more than 50% of people who search for a product on their smartphone visit a business within a day.
    • Mindy is setting up her Google merchant Center account and has to verify her website URL. Her website URL must
    • Which should David do to better understand how the ads for his local bakery have driven store visits and influenced his customers’ buying habits?
    • According to Google shopping policies, what would cause the disapproval of individual items or an entire merchant center account?
    • True or false: If Viola signs up to run Shopping ads but doesn’t post a refund policy on her website, she can’t run ads.
    • Quincy wants to make sure that he meets the Google shopping policy to accurately represent his business or product. Which action should he take on his website to meet the policy?
    • Yves heard that the custom_label attributes can help him organize his shopping campaign. With custom labels, Yves can provide:
    • Kelly is checking her product landing pages to make sure that she has all the required information. What piece of information is required to appear on every landing page?
    • What optimization recommendation might you make to a new client with Shopping campaigns that don’t include all of the products the company sells?
    • Anne wants to use her impression share metrics to optimize her shopping campaign. She should:
    • Shopping ads can appear on:
    • Nicole’s analysis shows that 5 brands currently in her “all products” group are performing especially well. What can she do to capture more traffic on these valuable brands?
    • Enhanced cost-per-click (ECPC) bidding should be used to:
    • What does impression share indicate about a product group?
    • Why is it a best practice to set a bid for the “everything else in all products” product group?
    • May is in the process of expanding her store to support more territories. May’s Google merchant center account was suspended after adding new data feeds. Why was her account suspended?
    • Which is a reason why Annie’s Google merchant center account would get suspended?
    • Brian wants to know what would’ve happened if he’d selected different bid amounts in his shopping campaign. He should:
    • What is a best practice to reduce the processing time of a new feed?
    • Jane is planning to add a popular brand of watches to her online store. To help differentiate her products from her competitors, Jane should do which of the following:
    • Google merchant center is used to:
    • Bob is seeing low traffic for one of his product groups and daily spend is low. What could he do to help increase impressions and traffic?
    • True or false: Shopping ads can appear at the same time as text ads, allowing shoppers to find the best match before clicking through to make a purchase.
    • How could you increase the number of conversions your shopping campaign receives for about the same total cost?
    • Shopping campaigns use:
    • Shopping ads should be used for:
    • Catherine is preparing to release a new line of toys that’s currently available for pre-order only on the landing page.
    • When creating a file to upload to merchant center, what format is accepted?
    • Which can you sell on Google shopping?
    • For which business are local inventory ads ideal?
    • How can advertisers use shopping campaign ads in order to drive sales?
    • Carey has used Google Ads for some time, but he recently found he doesn’t have time to manage multiple campaigns effectively. How can smart shopping campaigns reduce Carey’s Google Ads management workload?
    • How do smart shopping campaigns use machine learning to show a variety of the most relevant ads across Google networks to potential customers?
    • Courtney’s online campaigns have produced plenty of clicks, but not as many sales as she expected. How can…
    • Isabella owns a bookstore and has been running a Google shopping campaign for several months. She’d like to…
    • Wade’s the owner of HomeThings, a shop that sells home cash-and-carry goods. He says he’s interested in…
    • A single branch of Simpson shoes has been operating since 1917. A new marketing team member suggested they look into local inventory ads. The owner, Bert Simpson, is concerned about where potential customers might see the ad. Where would the Si
    • Your website data shows that many visitors place items in their shopping carts, but fail to complete the purchase. You want to grow your business by increasing sales. What should you do first?
    • For which business are local inventory ads ideal?
    • Why should your business use performance planner?
    • Why should campaigns with different marketing objectives be separated into different performance planner plans?
    • What can the performance planner recommend?
    • Marta has a tight marketing budget and needs to use a strategy that can drive customers to her website for a set cost. Which bidding strategy has the potential to meet Marta’s needs?
    • Mary is tasked with designing an advertising campaign for her company’s an online pet food store and app, and is exploring different campaign options. Which campaign types are available to her in Google Ads?
    • You can leverage Google Ads’ automated bidding strategy to help get the most from your advertising budget. What are two benefits of using automated bidding? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What are two ways that Performance Planner can help reveal the possibilities across all your Google Ads campaigns? (Choose two.)
    • Google Ads was designed to help businesses achieve online success. To accomplish this, Google Ads was built on three core principles. What are these principles?
    • Priya only has $500 a month to spend on her campaign, but she needs to drive as many potential customers as possible to her website. What type of automated bidding strategy would be best for Priya’s campaign?
    • Your company provides home-maintenance services, and you want to reach more potential customers. You have a limited budget to work with. Why is Google Ads right for you?
    • You manage marketing for a small business on a tight budget, yet you need to reach as many people as possible. How can Google Ads help?
    • Three core principles, focused on helping businesses reach their online potential, are the foundation for Google Ads. The first of these is relevance. Google Ads connects businesses with the right people at the right time. Upon which other prin
    • What does performance planner automatically do?
    • How does automating your bid contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • You’ve been tasked with marketing a new line of plumbing services, but you have a set budget you can’t exceed. Why is Google Ads a viable option?
    • Google Ads was designed to deliver three things to every advertiser: relevance, control, and results. It provides relevance by connecting advertisers with the right people at the right time. It provides results by charging only when you get a c
    • Rebecca is a marketing executive at an airline company. She has been asked to plan her company’s online advertising budget on a monthly basis. She’s chosen Google Ads’ performance planner to help accomplish this task. What are two advantages pe
    • Siona needs to make sure her ads are getting a minimum number of impressions on the top of the page. What type of automated bidding strategy is Siona using?
    • Rashid wants to raise awareness of his brand and build campaigns focused on branded terms. He doesn’t have much time to devote to daily bid management, so he decides to use automated bidding to lighten his workload. What automated bidding strat
    • Molly wants to clear her remaining stock in preparation for ordering a new line of products to sell. As a result, she’s willing to increase her CPA (cost-per-acquisition) and investment, as long as it means generating more sales. Her current ca
    • Maria has been told that she should use the performance planner on a monthly basis. Why should she do so?
    • Samira recently opened an online potted plant shop and needs to promote it. She has chosen Google Ads because it offers advertisers different campaign types that determine where ads will appear and in what format they will display when viewed.
    • When visibility is the campaign goal, which bidding strategy should an advertiser choose?
    • How can performance planner serve your business?
    • Trina is using automated bidding as part of her Google Ads Search bidding strategy. Why might she prefer automated bidding?
    • While managing a successful Google Ads campaign, why would you choose automated bidding instead of manual bidding?
    • Automated bidding does the heavy lifting for advertisers on Google Ads. What does automated bidding use to set the right bid for every auction?
    • Trevor owns a manufacturing business that makes specialised hiking and rock climbing gear. He is a very small player in the market, but he is ready to scale up his business. Which Google Ads campaign type should Trevor use to increase his brand
    • Lola is in the process of selecting a campaign type to suit her business objectives. Why is it important that she consider business objectives before choosing her campaign type?
    • Jacob’s physical toy store relies on offline metrics, such as store visits and in-store sales. He’s heard that specialized campaign types can help him meet these kinds of goals. Which campaign type can help Jacob achieve his offline business ob
    • Francis tries to explain to his boss the benefits of using automated bidding. Match these aspects of automated bidding with the benefits they serve.
    • Ingrid wants to acquire a lot of exposure for a new product line that she’s launching. She understands that she can reach a significant portion of people on the internet with the help of a Display campaign. In what way will a Display campaign a
    • What is one of the reasons why an advertiser should consider using Performance Planner on a monthly basis?
    • Ben is currently managing a campaign that has a total investment of $7,000, generates 1,400 conversions, and has a CPA (cost-per-acquisition) of $5. Ben needs to sell excess inventory. To meet this goal, he’s willing to increase his CPA and cam
    • Hank wants to use a “Maximize Conversions” campaign with the Performance Planner. Which recommendation can be provided to Hank by the Performance Planner?
    • How is using non-last-click attribution conversions useful for Performance Planner forecasts?
    • Using the Performance Planner on a monthly basis allows you to optimize which two aspects of an account? (Choose two.)
    • Marisol manages the online advertising campaigns for a chain of toy stores with both a physical and an online presence. Which Google Ads campaign should Marisol use to show images of her products, advertise her company’s online and local invent
    • What is one way that Performance Planner helps businesses increase sales?
    • Why does automating your bid versus using manual bidding contribute to a successful Google Ads campaign?
    • Which type of automated bidding strategy is enhanced cost-per-click (ECPC)?
    • Which factors should an advertiser consider when deciding on a bidding strategy?
    • Ben sells housewares through his website and app. What are two ways that Google Ads can fuel his business goals and help him achieve his objectives? (Choose two.)
    • Google Ads offers a variety of campaign types which determine where your ad will appear and the format in which it will be displayed. What are the available campaign types?
    • Marie is a marketer trying to maximize specific user actions after the click. Which automated bidding strategy should she use to accomplish this?
    • Which type of automated bidding strategy is Target return on ad spend (ROAS)?
    • Viktor’s been tracking the conversions in his Display campaign for the last 30 days. He’s had 24 conversions over that time, and plans to use target return on ad spend (ROAS) as his automated bidding strategy. Which type of automated bidding st
    • What can automated bidding help an advertiser improve?
    • Trina is considering using automated bidding, as she’s looking to make her campaign management process more efficient. What are three ways that automated bidding can improve efficiency? Select All Correct Responses
    • What are key factors to keep in mind when choosing a bidding strategy for your campaign?
    • A marketer is keeping track of the revenue generated by his campaign. He wants to see a specified return-on-investment for his monthly ad spend. Which type of automated bidding strategy will meet his needs?
    • Peggy owns a house cleaning service. She built a booking website and is ready to promote her services online. She wants her ads to reach people actively looking for businesses similar to hers. Which Google Ads campaign should Peggy use to make
    • Millie is managing a Google Ads campaign for a new client who’s tracking all important actions post-click and values each of their conversion actions equally. What type of automated bidding strategy would be ideal for this client?
    • What are two ways Google Ads can fuel your business goals? (Choose two.)
    • What are two benefits of automated bidding? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • The customer journey has become more complex, requiring a dedicated bidding strategy. Google’s solution is automated bidding. How can automated bidding benefit advertisers?
    • Your company wants to have greater success online. What are two ways that Google Ads can drive your business goals?
    • Amanda is the marketing manager for a plant nursery. She has a large number of campaigns and needs help keeping her bids relevant every day. How can automated bidding help her?
    • Alex has only a limited budget, and he needs to use it effectively. How do smart shopping campaigns simplify the process of advertising with a limited budget?
    • Which statement describes modern shopping behavior?
    • Aaron’s been running shopping ads for some time, and he’s interested in experimenting with ways to improve sales performance by using additional features. Which benefit might he obtain by using merchant promotions?
    • How do product images and prices contribute to a seamless shopping experience in shopping ads?
    • Susan is the marketing director for a chain of bakeries that make artisan bread. She chose a showcase shopping ad to promote her company’s brand. What will Susan need to create a successful showcase shopping ad?
    • Carey has used Google Ads for some time, but he recently found he doesn’t have time to manage multiple campaigns effectively. How can smart shopping campaigns reduce Carey’s Google Ads management workload?
    • Office King is a well-established business that’s been running print ads for their office-supply store for years. Their CEO, Xin, is exploring the possibility of expanding into online advertising. He asks you to provide a comparison of traditio
    • How can a shopping ad help retail businesses create ads that encourage your potential customers to visit your brick-and-mortar stores?
    • Ben sells homemade artisan soaps at a mall kiosk called fresh soaps. He’s considering running a local inventory ad with Google. What unique type of information would Ben’s local inventory ad show?
    • How do smart shopping campaigns use machine learning to show a variety of the most relevant ads across Google networks to potential customers?
    • Jodi creates custom hair pieces. She just launched her first online advertising campaign, and it included a showcase shopping ad. Where will Jodi’s showcase shopping ad be featured?
    • How can smart shopping campaigns make promoting your business less time-consuming and easier to manage?
    • Laura’s website data shows that visitors place items in their shopping carts but fail to complete the purchase. What should Laura do first to up her conversion rate?
    • Peter has a new online store selling electric bikes. He wants to promote his business by using a simple solution that provides a wide reach for his products. How can smart shopping campaigns help peter with his sales?
    • George wants to advertise online, but his profit margins are tight. He’s worried the spend won’t provide the income he needs. How can Smart Shopping campaigns help George get the results he needs?
    • Gemma wants to promote her online handbag business to a wide audience But she’s busy creating handbags for her clients, and has little time to manage the specifics of an advertising campaign. How can Smart Shopping campaigns help her achieve th
    • Which two product attributes are shown in Google Shopping campaign ads to help engage potential customers with relevant information? (Choose two.)
    • Chris is the marketing director for Keys & Strings, a company that makes custom pianos. Keys & Strings sells pianos through their website. Chris decides to use a Showcase Shopping ad to advertise his brand of pianos. Who’s Chris tryin
    • Cheryl owns HomeThings, a shop that sells home goods. You, as her marketing intern, are describing the various Google Ad offerings. What’s an accurate description of Local Catalog ads you could give Cheryl?
    • Where can Shopping campaign ads appear on desktop search results pages?
    • Rhonda sells homemade artisan soaps. She just opened her first brick-and-mortar shop, Soaps by Rhonda, and she’s considering running a Local Inventory ad with Google. What does Rhonda need to run a successful Local Inventory ad?
    • A single branch of Simpson Shoes has been operating since 1917. As they consider moving into online marketing, the owner, Bert Simpson, wants to focus on a specific, potential customer type. Which potential customer would benefit from Simpson S
    • Susan is the marketing director for a chain of bakeries that make artisan bread. She recently did a photoshoot of the company’s line of breads, and is looking for an online advertising solution to promote their brand. Why are Showcase Shopping
    • You use Google Shopping ads to promote customer engagement with your products. How can this increase your business’s presence in searches?
    • Today, customers demand more from store owners with virtual storefronts. They want to know that the products they’re looking for are in-stock before they make a trip to a physical location. How can Google Shopping’s Local Inventory Ads help sto
    • Cheryl is the owner of HomeThings, a shop that sells home goods. You, as her marketing intern, are describing the various Google Ad offerings. What’s an accurate description of Local Catalog ads you could give Cheryl?
    • Which two brand qualities are today’s consumers most likely to find helpful? (Choose two.)
    • Chris is the marketing director for Keys & Strings, a company that makes custom pianos. Keys & Strings sells pianos through their website. Chris decides to use a Showcase Shopping ad to advertise his brand of pianos. Who’s Chris tryin
    • Betsysbookbar is a book store and cafe that’s had a brick-and-mortar location for years. They’re looking at ways to move into online marketing, and want to optimize their experience with Google ads. What are two options for using Local Inventor
    • Which product attributes in Shopping campaign ads are important for giving shoppers the most meaningful information needed, all at a single glance?
    • What’s one way to use Google’s data across all platforms, to increase your retail company’s performance and profitability?
    • Which two features, available as additions to shopping campaign ads, can benefit marketers and drive sales? (Choose two.)
    • A single branch of Shiny Shoes has been operating across North America since 1917. A new marketing team member suggested they look into Local Inventory ads. The owner, Tim, is concerned about where potential customers might see the ad. Where ca
    • How has consumer shopping behavior changed in recent years?
    • Brenda designs bespoke furniture, and just finalized her first showcase shopping ad. She wants to show the ad to her family. How can Brenda find her Showcase Shopping ad?
    • How can running a Local Inventory ad increase your return on investment (ROI)?
    • How do Shopping ads help improve the quality of leads over standard text ads?
    • Lance has been running Local Inventory ads to promote his antique toy shop. He’s considering running additional ad campaigns with Google. What’s an easy next step Lance can take to expand his brand’s reach?
    • How does Google Ads help a business organize inventory, letting the business match its advertising goals?
    • What’s one way to make good use of data to accelerate your business and improve profitability?
    • Greg owns a company, Keys & Strings, that makes custom pianos. Keys & Strings sells their pianos through their website. Greg would like to increase sales of his brand of pianos. Why would Greg use a Showcase Shopping ad?
    • Courtney sells handbags through her online boutique. Her online normal campaigns have produced a lot of clicks but not as many sales as she expected. How would Google Shopping ads help make sure the clicks the ads receive come from customers mo
    • If Klothes for Kats uses Local Catalog ads, their ads can be shown in different views. Which two statements are true about views that are available in Local Catalog ads? (Choose two.)
    • Google shopping helps retailers provide customers with seamless experiences meant to encourage action. How can google shopping campaigns accomplish this?
    • How do smart shopping campaigns work to maximize conversion value while simplifying campaign management across networks, leveraging machine learning?
    • Angelo owns a bookstore and has been running a Google Shopping campaign for several months. He needs to monitor how different books are performing. How can Angelo get the information he needs?
    • Wade owns HomeThings, a shop that sells home cash-and-carry goods. He says he’s interested in expanding his marketing reach. You suggest running a local catalog ad. What’s an accurate description of local catalog ads you could give wade?
    • Julia owns a used video game store. She’s been using google shopping ads for a few months. Which two forms of data are easily available for Julia to continue optimizing the performance of her campaigns?(choose two.)
    • How can advertisers use shopping ads to grow sales?
    • What’s one way to increase your business profitability?
    • Dante is the owner of HomeThings, a shop that sells home goods. He just launched a Local Catalog ad campaign. Where are two places a consumer might encounter Dante’s Local Catalog ad? (Choose two.)
    • Today’s consumers are more demanding and less patient than before. What’s one way to grow your business by delivering the type of service they expect?
  • Google ads fundamental certification assessment answers
    • Each campaign in your Google Ads account should have a single:
    • Each campaign in your Google Ads account should have a single:
    • If you bid $2 for a click and the next highest bid is $1.25, how much will you pay?
    • Susan’s Sporting Goods sells a variety of sports equipment and clothing. How should Susan set up her AdWords account?
    • When setting up a Search Network campaign for a client, you want to maximize the number of clicks her ads can get.
    • When setting up a campaign, you can use Display Planner to get an idea of the budget and bids you should set based on your.
    • What’s a reason to use the “Search Network with Display Select” campaign type?
    • You sell video games and want people who play mobile gaming apps to know about your store. What’s one benefit of promotion your products with a mobile apps c
    • Mimi wants to reach people searching for baked goods, but only wants her ads to show during the hours she’s open for business. Which campaign type is a good fit?
    • Keyword Planner can help you build a new Search Network campaign by:
    • What’s the easiest way to evaluate if one version of your landing page performs better than another for the same ad?
    • You can use Display Planner to see potential webpages where your ad can appear based on your keywords
    • Conversion Optimiser can help drive conversions by using your conversion history and:
    • What does “converted clicks” measure?
    • Which is a benefit of advertising online with Google AdWords?
    • Maria noticed last month that her ad often showed up beside a competitor’s ad for the same search terms. How can Maria understand how her performance compares to that of other advertisers?
    • Laura runs an online store with a large inventory of children’s toys and games. Which ad format would you use for Laura’s campaign to
    • You can use Display Planner to:
    • A client that owns a fine-dining restaurant in London wants to get more phone calls from people researching places to eat on their mobile phones.
    • Negative keywords can help advertisers better target their ads by:
    • You sell autographed sports memorabilia and want to reach people interested in sports. What’s one benefit of promoting your products with a ads in mobile apps campaign on the Display Network?
    • An advertiser wants to increase the Quality Score of a low-perofrming keyword. Which approach would you recommend
    • What’s one of the main benefits of using ad extensions
    • Let’s say your cost-per-click is $0.05 on average and you want around 200 clicks per day. What should you set as your daily budget?
    • How are negative keywords different from other keywords?
    • Clyde wants to raise the profile of his dance school. A “Display Network only” campaign can help him:
    • Your ad can show to a potential customers when your targeted language matches:
    • When people search for your client’s watch repair business, they use very specific terms like “vintage watch repairs”. To show your ads for these searches, you’ll want to use:
    • Mary’s campaign consistently meets its average daily budget. What should she do to maximize her budget throughout the entire day?
    • Using the paid & organic report for her travel website, Karen noticed a relatively high organic clicks/query rate for the search query “Hawaii vacations.”
    • What changes can you make to the Display Network campaign of a client who wants to drive awareness of her natural beauty brand:
    • What bidding strategy should you use to maximize the number of visitors to your website?
    • Your client wants to improve her ad position. What would you recommend?
    • If you’d like your ads to show on certain sites across the Internet, you can add these websites as:
    • Why would an advertiser use site links?
    • Blake is focused on branding and is more interested in his ads being viewed than in generating clicks. Which of these features would not be a good fit for him?
    • Which ad extension would you use for an advertiser who has a chain of restaurants?
    • In order to appeal to customers on mobile devices, it’s important to:
    • Your client wants to show ads to people who’ve visited her website before. Which Adwords feature would you recommend she use?
    • Tony travels frequently. He needs to be able to make changes to his AdWords account while he’s offline, so he downloads AdWords Editor. Using AdWords Editor
    • Your client’s campaign is consistently meeting its average daily budget. What should you do to maximize your client’s budget throughout all hours of the day?
    • How can you see if people are searching for your client’s services during the early morning and evening hours?
    • What’s one benefit of creating multiple ad groups?
    • When setting up a Search Network campaign for a client, you want her ad to get as many clicks as possible within her budget. Which bid strategy should you use to achieve this goal?
    • When choosing a maximum cost-per-click (max. CPC) bid, you should consider the amount that you make from a purchase because you want to set a bid amount that’s:
    • When reviewing the Search terms report for one of your client’s campaigns, you notice several terms that aren’t relevant to what they’re advertising. How can you use this information when refining the campaign’s keywords?
    • Julian wants to reach potential customers based on the type of device they’re using, but he doesn’t know how his campaign performs on different devices
    • All other things being equal, if you’ve set a maximum CPC bid of $1.00 for your ads, and if the next most competitive bid is $0.50 for the same ad position
    • Google Analytics can help you learn more about the behavior of your client’s customers because it shows you how:
    • What happens when a campaign consistently meets its average daily budget
    • Which bidding strategy should Sara use if her goal is to get more people to call her local catering business?
    • When creating text ads to advertise a client’s small chain of Italian restaurants, what should you include in the ad text to make it compelling to potential customers?
    • Research for a client who owns used car dealerships show that people who visit his website also visit certain popular car blogs.
    • When reviewing your client’s Search Network campaign, you notice that the ads in one of the ad groups have a low average position.
    • You can use Keyword Planner to identify:
    • Every time that your ad is eligible to show, AdWords calculates its Ad Rank using your bid amount, components of Quality Score and
    • Your client noticed that his ad was disapproved for editorial reasons. Why is it important for him to understand and abide by Google’s advertising policies
    • Cliff just started working with a client who has a very disorganized Google Ads account. What’s an effective way for him
    • Your travel agency client is running a very targeted campaign to reach people who are visiting Paris on vacation and don’t live in France
    • Your client gets more conversions from ads that appear to people in Tokyo. What actions should you take to try and increase the number of conversions
    • You would choose to advertise on the Google Search Network if you wanted to:
    • Advertising on TV, print, and radio typically requires a predetermined budget. What key differences enable some online advertising campaigns
    • Donna sells t-shirts featuring vintage album covers. She wants people searching for unusual t-shirts to find her website,
    • What’s the benefit of having multiple ads in an ad group?
    • Your client’s campaign is getting a lot of clicks, but the conversion rate is low. Which approach could help improve your client’s conversion rate?
    • Which client would you advise to advertise on the Google Search Network?
    • On the Google Display Network, your ad is eligible to show on a webpage if your:
    • When someone clicks your ad, the actual amount you’re charged will be:
    • You can win a higher ad position in the auction with a lower cost-per-click (CPC) bid by:
    • How would you recommend that William set his budget if he wants to spend US $608 per month on his campaign
    • Which strategy should Giorgio use to increase the number of relevant clicks from his Search Network campaign?
    • Which is a benefit of advertising online with Google Ads?
    • What happens as a result of a search campaign consistently meeting its daily budget?
    • Data shows that the audience for a client’s running shoe store is women ages 35 to 50. How can you optimize this client’s Display Network campaign based on your research
    • Which is a benefit of advertising online?
    • Nadia manages a local gym and is running an ad to drive more free trial memberships. What could she include in her ad text?
    • An e-commerce client wants her campaign to be more profitable. After calculating this client’s total profits from Google Ads, what can you do to start maximizing results for profit?
    • Nadia manages a local gym and is running an ad to drive more free trial memberships. What could she include in her ad text?
    • You would advise a client that’s launching a new product line to advertise on the Display Network because she can
    • How do cost-per-click (CPC) ads compete with cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) ads on the Google Display Network?
    • How do cost-per-click (CPC) ads compete with cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) ads on the Google Display Network?
    • Which of these metrics is especially important to clients who are running a branding campaign?
    • If you want to direct people to specific pages on your website from an ad, you can create an ad that uses:
    • How are manual extensions different from automatic extensions?
    • An advertiser wants to display a text ad that includes extra details like the business’s location and phone number. Which ad format should the advertiser use?
    • What does a high Quality Score indicate?
    • Paige’s Pet Store is deciding on keywords for a new Google Ads campaign. How should Paige set up her AdWords keywords?
    • Data for your client shows that more estimated total conversions are coming from mobile devices versus computers and tablets.
    • Which delivery type shows your ads at an even pace throughout the day?
    • How are rich media ads different from other ad formats?
    • What value is used to determine whether your ad will show on a page and, if so, the ad’s position?
    • How should an advertiser with stores in both India and Germany set up an AdWords account to target users in these different locations?
    • Why should you link your client’s Google Ads account to Search Console?
    • What report can help you identify opportunities to improve your keywords and ads?
    • Which targeting option should an advertiser use when trying to reach 25-30 year old males?
    • An advertiser wants to achieve the top position in paid search results. Which recommendations would improve
    • Which of the following items is not a component of Quality Score?
    • Belinda’s boutique just started carrying 3 new designer labels. She wants to show an image ad announcing the new collections to people
    • Your client wants to increase the number of people visiting his website. When analyzing the data for Search campaign, which metric do you most want to improve
    • Why might you use the “Search Network campaigns with Display opt-in” campaign type?
    • You want to generate leads with your Google ads campaign by encouraging people to fill out an interest form on your website. What do you need to know to measure return on investment (ROI) for this campaign?
    • Your new client’s Google Ads account has one campaign with one ad group that contains a list of hundreds of keywords. Which best practice should you follow when re-organizing this client’s keywords?
    • Which two bidding strategies can boost brand awareness and recognition?
    • How much are you charged for a click on your AdWords ad?
    • A standard Google Ads text ad is made up of:
    • An advertiser wants to know if Shopping ads will appear on YouTube. What should you tell her?
    • What is the Google Network?
    • Which campaign type would an advertiser use to target users searching on Google.com?
    • A conversion is:
    • One of your clients wants to know why a campaign went over the specified daily budget several days in a row
    • Higher Quality Scores typically result in:
    • An advertiser looking to drive conversions is using manual cost-per-click (CPC) bidding. Which factor should be most important for this advertiser when deciding keyword bids?
    • Which client would you advise to use radius targeting?
    • An advertiser wants to know the minimum amount of money that she must spend on an AdWords campaign. What should you tell her?
    • Which targeting option can help you reach people who’ve previously visited your website?
    • What is the recommended next step if you noticed from the Search terms report that certain terms are leading to a high number of clicks on your ads?
    • By monitoring ad campaign performance, an advertiser may obtain the information needed to
    • Sally’s Spice Store sells a variety of spices and healthy cooking ingredients. Which targeting method should Sally choose if she wants her ads to show on websites
    • Your ad can show on the Google Search Network when someone searches for terms that are similar to your:
    • When creating a keyword list using broad match, why should you leave out misspellings and plural forms of keywords
    • Adam, a flower shop owner, wants to drive phone calls to his store. Which Adwords tool should he use to track how many calls result from ad clicks on a mobile phone?
    • Conversion Tracking helps you improve the return on investment (ROI) from your online advertising because it:
    • You would choose to advertise on the Google Display Network if you wanted to:
    • You can use audience targeting to show your ads to:
    • Which statistic indicates how often a click has led to a conversion?
    • Your client is interested in switching from TV, print, and radio advertising. What are the return on investment (ROI) benefits of online advertising campaigns over traditional media advertising?
    • In addition to how much the advertiser will pay, which two factors are decided by the AdWords auction? (Choose 2).
    • Which two metrics help show you how many people found your ad compelling enough to actually click on it and visit your website? (Choose 2)
    • An advertiser wants to create ads that target potential customers in California. Which targeting method should this advertiser use to target these customers?
    • An advertiser should group their campaigns by:
    • Which is the best bidding option for an advertiser who wants to drive more clicks from mobile devices
    • Tom wants to promote his windshield repair company’s emergency service by reaching people right
    • What bidding strategy should Tracy, a pizzeria owner, use to get more people to call her business?
    • A client who owns an online running shoe store wants to drive sales of a particular model of women’s running shoes.
    • Target cost-per-acquisition (CPA) bidding can help drive conversions by using your conversion history and:
    • Your client noticed last month that his ad often showed up beside another advertiser’s ad for the same search terms.
    • While teaching a new account manager how to build a Search campaign, you tell her that she should group similar keywords together
    • ✅✅?When building a keyword list for a Display Network campaign, you should do which of the following
    • You signed 3 new clients, each with an existing AdWords account. What’s the best way to manage these accounts
    • An advertiser wants to target people on the Search Network who have previously visited their website. What should they do?
    • Caleb owns a music store and is creating an ad group for musical instrument rentals. What would be the most appropriate landing page for his ad?
  • Google ads app certification assessment answers
    • For accurate targeting, assets are organized into ad groups that have shared topics most often related to which of the following? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Megan’s setting up a Google App campaign, but she’s not sure how specific to be when it comes to location targeting. Why should a marketer set a location target that’s at country level or larger?
    • What task could the Market Finder by Google tool help with?
    • What are two ways to achieve creative excellence in Google App campaigns? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What are the two key components of a high-quality app experience?
    • Why doesn’t machine learning happen immediately after starting a Google App campaign?
    • Machine learning is being incorporated into many marketing activities, but recent research finds that certain activities are harder to automate. What remains a challenge for machine learning?
    • Desmond has an online library full of quality images of his app. What’s the maximum number of image assets Desmond can add to one ad group within a Google App campaign?
    • Hiroko’s manager asks why Hiroko spends time working on her new Google App campaign. The manager believes machine learning is doing everything. What are three ways in which Hiroko can help guide the machine learning powered campaign? Select All
    • Simon’s been in the marketing industry for a few years. He’s learning about the ways machine learning can help both him as a marketer and his target users. How will machine learning change his core responsibilities?
    • Sally’s historically spent a lot of time in Google Ads making small changes to her campaigns, instead of focusing on higher level marketing strategy. What are two ways machine learning helps reduce the time she’ll spend in her Google App campai
    • Which of the following definitions describes “Events” in relation to app measurement?
    • What are two reasons why businesses should consider building a mobile app?
    • Ben just launched an app for his pizza-delivery business. Which three in-app actions are most applicable for Ben’s business?
    • Samira has a travel app named YourAdventure. Why should she create themed ad groups for specific offerings, such as culinary experiences, guided hikes, and architectural tours?
    • As with all Google Ads products, brand safety is of the utmost importance to Google App campaigns. Therefore, Google gives advertisers additional control over their placements, including the ability to exclude placements. What’s the maximum num
    • Walt wants to provide strategic guidance for the Google App campaign he’s managing. He wants the campaign to work within specific boundaries, toward a desired outcome. Which two settings should Walt observe on an ongoing basis? (Choose two.) Se
    • Cosmetics brand Lit Looks isn’t getting the reach they expected from their Google App install campaign. They want to optimize their creative mix, focusing on video assets. They currently have two portrait videos and two landscape videos, rangin
    • Google Ads follow the Media Rating Council’s standards for viewability. What’s required for an ad to be counted as a viewable impression?
    • Which three technology-related considerations might impact how an app performs by market? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • How do the majority of app downloaders discover apps?
    • What are three reasons why a retail company would invest in app promotion? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • When setting up a new Google App campaign, which three settings must be made at the campaign level?
    • In what way do Google App campaigns simplify the ad creation process?
    • What are the two main marketer objectives for app promotion?
    • Which of the following roles does an app play in overall business strategy?
    • Three key steps are needed to enable conversion tracking in a Google App campaign. Place them in the correct order.
    • A gaming company just released a new app and wants to focus on the initial launch phase. What matters most to a business when an app first launches?
    • What two things are marketers realizing as machine learning becomes more widely used? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What are two ways a marketer can use data insights to better understand campaign performance? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • While machines deliver a variety of advantages, humans still offer their own unique skill sets. What two advantages do humans have over machines when it comes to marketing? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Roberto’s expanding his UK-based app into France. He created a new French-targeted Google App campaign and translated his assets into French. Which three additional things should he consider before going live? (Choose three.) Select All Correct
    • Healthy Life HQ10, a Health and wellbeing company, has both a website and an app. What are three reasons the company should consider implementing measurement solutions that connect web and app? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Roberto is explaining why a Google App campaign is a good strategy for app promotion. What should he highlight as the three main benefits of Google App campaigns?
    • Why should companies with physical locations embrace app usage?
    • Adam’s taking time to learn how machines and humans complement each other. What is something machines do well in the marketing industry?
    • Luca’s running a Google App campaign for news publisher World News Online. Why should Luca care about the quality of World News Online’s listing on Google Play? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • What’s the advantage to identifying app users with high lifetime value in a Google App campaign?
    • In which two scenarios would it make sense for the advertiser to run a campaign focused on in-app actions?
    • Gordon is running a Google App campaign for a news publisher and has recorded 200 unique subscriptions in the last 30 days. Is this enough conversion data for the machine to achieve optimal performance?
    • Claire understands the impact an app store listing can have on her Google App campaign. She wants to partner with the developer team to optimize the listing, so users who land there will be more likely to download. Which three components of the
    • What’s the maximum number of localized store listing experiments that can be run at once in Google Play?
    • Dennis understands the importance of using an analytics solution for his app, but he doesn’t know which one to use. Which solution is Google’s best-in-class app analytics solution?
    • Shayley’s reading an article about hiking trails on her mobile phone and sees an ad for hiking boots from outdoor retailer OneStop. She has the OneStop app installed and clicks on the ad. OneStop has enabled deep linking. What will happen next?
    • What’s usually the last touchpoint at which you might influence a user’s decision to install your app?
    • What are the three tracking solutions for Google App campaigns?
    • What’s the advantage to identifying app users with high lifetime value in a Google App campaign?
    • Sophie’s been asked to create image assets that adhere to best practices for Google App campaigns. She wants to guarantee placement across all channels. At minimum, what image assets should Sophie create and upload?
    • Measuring across app and web is challenging, yet important for understanding cross-platform behavior. Which two solutions does Google offer to bridge the measurement gap between app and web? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Before investing in paid media, a fitness company wants to determine how its new app fits into their overall marketing strategy. Which two questions should the company consider? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • An education company is uploading image assets for their Google App campaign. What are three guidelines they should follow to optimize their image asset mix? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Lilly added text and image assets to her Google App campaign ad group, but she doesn’t have a video to upload. Her App campaign may do which of the following actions?
    • Which two in-app actions are examples of those relevant to the retail industry? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Janelle’s running a Google App campaign and knows that although it’s powered by machine learning, her inputs as a marketer still matter a lot. In which three ways can Janelle best guide the machine toward a successful outcome? (Choose three.) S
    • When creating a Google App campaign, what determines a campaign bidding strategy?
    • For a Google App campaign optimizing to a tCPA of $10, what would be the recommended minimum budget?
    • What drives impact at scale for Google App campaigns?
    • Match the type of business with the most relevant reason “why apps matter.”
    • Vivian’s been put in charge of a few clients interested in running Google App campaigns. Some campaigns will use target cost-per-action (tCPA), while others use target cost-per-install (tCPI). Which two statements are correct when it comes to s
    • Jason owns a productivity app and wants to expand outside of the US into Latin America. He hires a professional translation service and believes he’s ready to go as soon as the service is done. Which three steps should he consider before launch
    • Why should marketers align with their app developer teams?
    • What’s a benefit to gathering data about events that happen in an app?
    • Which brand safety measures are in place by default when setting up a Google App campaign?
    • Which two options are benefits of using Google Analytics for Firebase? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Emma is creating a new Google App campaign and working on her ad assets. Which of the following asset types is she required to manually add?
    • What’s an advantage to having software developer kits (SDKs) in place from both Firebase and other measurement partners?
    • Match each statement about machine learning with the related benefit of Google App campaigns.
    • What impact has machine learning made on the marketing industry?
    • Luca is preparing to run a Google App campaign focused on installs. His client wants to know where the campaign will be eligible to run. How should Luca respond?
    • How does asset variety help with reach?
    • What report might help identify countries in which an app is getting visitors, but isn’t yet localized?
    • What kind of positive impact will machine learning have on the advertising industry?
    • Angela is explaining the advantages of machine learning in Google App campaigns to her colleagues. Which two statements are strong arguments for using machine learning over human input? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Alex read a lot about Google App campaigns, and he’s eager to start one of his own. What’s the first thing he should do before jumping into Google Ads interface?
    • Which statement is true regarding Conversions in a Google App campaign?
    • Which of these companies would be ready to start a Google App campaign focused on in-app actions?
    • For a Google App campaign optimizing to a tCPI of $2, what would be the recommended minimum budget?
    • Henry’s been running a Google App campaign for a number of days, and he noticed it’s still in a learning phase. What can contribute to an App campaign remaining in the learning phase for an extended time?
    • Which three skills do marketers bring to the table when working with machine learning? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Poppy’s setting up an App campaign, and she wants to acquire a high volume of users while also generating plenty of in-app purchases. Which of the following settings should Poppy select to achieve her marketing objective?
    • Nicky’s account manager asked her to include minimal or no text overlay in the image assets she’s using in a Google App campaign. Why is that?
    • Which statement summarizes a Google App campaign?
    • What should you keep in mind when selecting events to measure in a Google App campaign?
    • Paul asks his team to enable and report on view-through conversions in their client Google App campaigns. Why are view-through conversions important to include?
    • Which three statements about machine learning are true? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Sandra’s creating a long-term plan for her app. She wants to make sure her objectives evolve along with the growth of the app itself. Help Sandra place the following marketing objectives in the order they typically occur.
    • Why might a shopper prefer to make a purchase using a retail app rather than a retail website?
    • Betty’s manager is wondering why she needs to spend time on her new Google App campaign, since machine learning helps to automate a significant amount of the campaign. What are three things Betty can do to guide the campaign? (Choose three.) Se
    • Maria completed the “Headline” section of her text assets and now needs to complete the “Description” section. Which factors must Maria consider?
    • Tina’s an experienced account manager who enjoys overseeing the details of her Google Ads campaigns. She struggles with leaving the majority of campaign management to machine learning in App campaigns. What’s a valid reason for Tina to rely on
    • What two things are essential for a Google App campaign to run smoothly and successfully? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • How do humans and machines work as an effective team when running Google App campaigns?
    • George regularly checks his conversion data in his Google App campaign, but recently he overheard coworkers talking about the importance of including view-through conversions and he’s not sure what that means. What does a view-through conversio
    • Google App campaign objectives should depend on which of the following?
    • Machine learning automates much of a Google App campaign once it’s live. What’s one reason marketers should still be involved in the campaign after it’s launched?
    • Where do users spend the most time when on mobile devices?
    • What are the two most common reasons a finance company might choose to promote its app? Select All Correct Responses
    • Rose has run her Google App campaign for a long time, and she wants to identify users who are most valuable to her business. What two actions should Rose take to discover her most valuable users? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • How do Google App campaigns help reduce the manual test-and-iterate efforts of advertisers?
    • Why might a cosmetics company that traditionally sells products in stores promote their app?
    • Canadian company Fresco Arts is planning to expand to three additional international markets within the year. Which three benefits might be likely outcomes of this plan? (Choose three.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Roger’s added text, image, and video assets to his ad group, but he isn’t familiar with HTML5 assets. Why would an advertiser choose to provide HTML5 assets in a Google App campaign?
    • What are the four types of ad assets available in Google App campaigns?
    • Tom hasn’t yet released his app and he’s interested in the typical lifecycle of an app. Help him place these app lifecycle phases in the order they occur.
    • How does machine learning in Google App campaigns benefit both marketers and users?
    • Campaign reporting provides many metrics to assess if a campaign is performing to expectations. If an objective is getting as many new users as possible at a certain cost, what two metrics might be most important to review? (Choose two.) Select
    • Why do Google App campaigns perform better when provided with a diverse portfolio of assets?
    • What are two compelling reasons to include an app as part of a marketing strategy? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Kyle’s making an HTML5 asset to add to his portfolio of other asset types. According to HTML5 best practices, when should the name of his app and a visible call-to-action be positioned at the center of his ad?
    • Match the following building blocks of Google App campaigns with their descriptions.
    • Brian’s in the process of adding text assets to his first ad group in a Google App campaign. What should Brian include in the Headline field of his text assets?
    • What are two ways a marketer can provide good data to a Google App campaign, powered by machine learning? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • Felix is measuring view-through conversions (VTCs) with another network, and he’s been advised to measure VTCs with Google too. Why should Felix measure VTCs with Google, in addition to the network he uses?
    • Why should Google follow the viewability standards set by the US Media Rating Council (MRC)?
    • What are two reasons advertisers should consider engagement when marketing apps? Select All Correct Responses
    • Which statement is true regarding conversion rates between apps and mobile web?
    • William is an online marketing manager at an advertising agency. As William learns more about machine learning, he wants to clarify the value he still adds for his clients. What are two reasons why William can be excited about the growing impac
    • Jasmeet’s a marketer for healthcare brand Pharma Unite. She’s been asked to oversee a Google App campaign that started running two months ago, and she learns the assets haven’t been updated since launch. What two things should Jasmeet do next?
    • Which components of a Google App campaign allow marketers to reach valuable users?
    • Which app type is the most downloaded on Google Play?
    • Pauline has a well-established app with a large user base. Now she needs new users who complete valuable actions within the app. What phase does this fall under?
    • In Google Search campaigns, Jenny routinely replaces low performing ads, but knows Google App campaign best practices are different. For her Google App campaign, how often should Jenny replace low-performing assets with new and improved ones to
    • Rita’s working to expand a travel app into new markets in southeast Asia. When considering how she should localize app design and payment methods, what should Rita do first?
    • Aaron observes and adjusts bids often in his Google Ad campaigns. He recently learned that for an automated campaign, it’s best to wait until the campaign accumulates a certain number of conversions before making any bid changes. For a Google A
    • An eCommerce app received 500 installs, resulting in $1,000 in revenue. What tCPI should they use to start a new Google App campaign for installs?
    • Oscar’s been asked to create a video asset for a new Google App campaign. To follow video asset best practices, what should the video focus on?
    • Naomi wants to promote her app with Google Ads, but has multiple campaign goals. What action should she take when promoting an app with multiple goals in an App campaign?
    • Linda wants to get the most from her Google App campaign ads. She writes the required amount of text assets, but doesn’t have many other assets to upload. Which assets may be auto-generated by the campaign, in addition to what Linda can upload?
    • Carol wants to review view-through conversions for her Google App campaign but doesn’t know where to find this data. What should she do?
    • Melissa’s been running a Google App campaign with one ad group and she’s looking to optimize the campaign by creating additional ad groups. What should Melissa do next?
    • Which two in-app actions are common across a variety of industries? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • A company decided to expand its app into international markets. Place the three steps involved in the app market expansion process in the correct order.
    • Mario works at an agency on app campaigns for two different clients. Match the company and their objective with the appropriate bidding strategy.
    • What are the two main objectives of an app marketer? (Choose two.) Select All Correct Responses
    • When setting a long-term strategy for app promotion, it’s important to recognize that objectives may change over time. Put the following phases in the recommended order of occurrence.
  • Google mobile advertising assessment answers
    • Assuming you are not using any bid adjustment and you value mobile traffic over desktop, which bid adjustment should you set?
    • Showing your ads on top of the mobile page in search results is beneficial because:
    • The path to conversion on mobile is not the same as on desktop or tablet due to all of the following except
    • To track conversions in an app, you can add the firebase SDK to your app. SDK stands for:
    • Target cost-per-acquisition (CPA), which factors in auction-time signals including device, location, time of day, remarketing list, language, and operating system, automatically optimizes bids across:
    • Say you’ve got a campaign that performs well on mobile devices with a max CPC bid of US$2. To show your ad to more customers on mobile devices, you increase your bid by 15% for searches on mobile devices.
    • What two things can you track with adWords out of the box without making any code changes to your app?
    • Your company has chosen a third-partyapp analytics service and they happen to be a part of the app attribution partners program. In order to share data between AdWords and your partner’s platform, what do you need to do?
    • An app advertiser would want to use a third-party tracking company to:
    • Generally speaking, mobile sites are good for acquiring new customers and inspiring new relationships while mobile apps are good for servicing and engaging existing customers and retaining current relationships.
    • AdWords Smart Bidding uses machine learning and your account data to help you do what?
    • Which kind of targeting can help deliver ads to mobile users when they’re physically near your business location?
    • What are two Google findings (based on internal research) regarding six-second ads? (Choose two.)
    • Which of the following is not true about an app URL scheme?
    • 50% of purchase-related conversions happened within ______ of the mobile searches that initiated them.
    • If your campaign is running on the display network, your ads:
    • The codeless conversion tracking solution is usually recommended for app downloads on Android OS over SDK or server to server solution when speed
    • With a business in an eligible country, advertisers can use website call conversions to track calls to a Google forwarding number on their site from
    • Auto exclusions allow:
    • The mobile video masthead is a homepage ad similar to the desktop video Masthead and will appear on the homepage of all of the YouTube mobile and tablet properties
    • The conversion optimizer for apps allows:
    • The two types of conversions for YouTube on mobile are:
    • To find the right mobile bid, you would calculate:
    • Where can app ads run?
    • A mobile app is an application that can be downloaded and installed on your mobile device or rendered within a browser.
    • Usage data allows advertisers to:
    • What time of day does mobile usage generally peak?
    • According to a Nielsen study, what percentage of purchase-related conversions happened within an hour of the mobile searches that initiated them?
    • What is an app install ad?
    • If you want to reach certain categories of apps with in-app display ads, or if you know the apps you want to target, you should:
    • For someone who wants to run a display network campaign, which tool is best suited for providing targeting ideas and estimates?
    • Which of the following is true about apps?
    • The mobile app acquisition reports provide data for which of the following?
    • You can use the mobile app overview report to do which of the following
    • When should an advertiser use an app extension instead of an app promotion ad?
    • What is an app engagement ad?
    • gives your app users the ability to open your app directly from other apps by clicking a link. To give your app users the ability to open your app directly from other apps by clicking a link, you should use:
    • Mobile presents an opportunity for a more targeted marketing message because you have an understanding of context such as time, location, and proximity of the customer.
    • With YouTube Mastheads you can get 100% share of voice, not just on the desktop YouTube site, but also across screens with:
    • iOS App Install confirmation is a feedback mechanism which enables customers to receive confirmation from Google every time an iOS app install event can be attributed to an AdWords ad click or view. Why would an advertiser use this solution?
    • AdWords cross-device conversions don’t
    • In AdWords, you can create and manage video campaigns targeting mobile devices by using:
    • To connect firebase to Google Analytics, which of these is required?
    • The Mobile App Behavior reports provide data for
    • What does a call extension let users do that call-only ads do not?
    • Which is a good app design practice?
    • How can you re-engage users who have abandoned your app after their first use?
    • Deep-linking allows:
    • Which of the following is a way for an advertiser to monetize their app?
    • Showrooming refers to
    • To show an ad, which is eligible to appear on search partner sites, on the mobile version of Google Maps, you should use:
    • Which of the following is true about apps?
    • The mobile app acquisition reports provide data for which of the following?
    • You can use the mobile app overview report to do which of the following:
    • When should an advertiser use an app extension instead of an app promotion ad?
    • What is an app engagement ad?
    • gives your app users the ability to open your app directly from other apps by clicking a link. To give your app users the ability to open your app directly from other apps by clicking a link, you should use:
    • Mobile presents an opportunity for a more targeted marketing message because you have an understanding of context such as time, location, and proximity of the customer.
    • With YouTube mastheads you can get 100% share of voice, not just on the desktop YouTube site, but also across screens with:
    • iOS app install confirmation is a feedback mechanism which enables customers to receive confirmation from Google every time an iOS app install event can be attributed to an AdWords ad click or view. Why would an advertiser use this solution?
    • AdWords cross-device conversions don’t
    • In AdWords, you can create and manage video campaigns targeting mobile devices by using:
    • To connect firebase to Google analytics, which of these is required?
    • The mobile app behavior reports provide data for
    • What does a call extension let users do that call-only ads do not?
    • Which is a good app design practice?
    • How can you re-engage users who have abandoned your app after their first use?
    • Deep-linking allows:
    • Which of the following is a way for an advertiser to monetize their app?
    • Showrooming refers to:
    • To show an ad, which is eligible to appear on search partner sites, on the mobile version of Google Maps, you should use:
    • Which of the following is true about apps?
    • Why do advertisers care about driving calls to their business?
    • Which extensions can help drive installs of your mobile app?
    • What is a simple way to target ads to mobile users when they’re near your physical store locations?
    • Why do mobile advertisers care about driving physical store traffic?
    • When conversion data shows that mobile drives more value, you would raise your mobile bid.
    • A deep link specifies a location in an app that corresponds to the content you’d like to show.
    • To understand the full value of mobile, you must take into account:
    • Ad extensions are a type of ad format that show extra information about your business.
    • Conversion tracking is a tool that can show you what happens after a customer clicks on your ads; whether they made a purchase, downloaded an app, or called your business.
    • App remarketing allows you to target people who:
    • You can use a mobile specific display URL to:
    • Admob is ____.
    • Viewable impressions:
    • An advertiser would not use AdWords mobile offering to:
    • An app developer might use remarketing if they wanted to promote a paid version of their game to all users of the free version who reached Level 10 of the game.
    • Call conversions, which can be tracked by businesses in eligible countries, can be used to track calls from users who visited a website from any source.
    • When you use a flexible bid strategy, it will automatically optimize your bids based on:
    • Which of the following is not a type of mobile ad extension?
    • Your universal app campaign ad can appear as an in-stream video ad on YouTube provided which is true?
    • What is a reason many advertisers end up undervaluing mobile’s contribution to conversions?
    • Where can universal app campaigns run?
    • To more fully capture mobile’s contribution to a sale, advertisers need to consider what?
    • How does AdWords data-driven attribution give credit for conversions?
    • Marissa is the marketing lead for a popular free-to-play mobile game. Her goal is to increase revenue that her company earns from in-game purchases. What should Marissa optimize for in her universal app campaign?
    • What will you need before you can set up conversion tracking for calls from an ad or from a website (assuming Google forwarding numbers are available in your country)?
    • These are all key to good mobile site design except?
    • To re-engage users with an app, use the following strategies:
    • Sitelink extensions:
    • Many successful mobile sites have large “touch targets” for clicking that take into account.
    • What is a lightbox ad?
    • Call conversions, which can be tracked by businesses in eligible countries, can help advertisers understand the value that calls from their ads are driving by counting calls of a minimum duration to a Google forwarding number as conversions.
    • Which is a benefit of using server-to-server app conversion tracking over an SDK?
    • A driver stops for gas and their smartphone buzzes with a text offering a free coffee inside the gas station. What does mobile provide advertisers that enable them to offer this to customers?
    • A newer kind of mobile site can do a lot of what only apps used to do, so the line has blurred between sites and apps. What are these sites called?
    • Why should you build a mobile site or app instead of just resizing your desktop site for a smaller screen?
    • Which of the following is true about mobile optimized websites?
    • Select the one way not to track app conversions.
    • All of these were recommended to help build a faster site except?
    • To connect firebase to AdWords, which of these is required?
    • How do upgraded URLs help advertisers with 3rd party conversion tracking?
    • Automatic bidding is ideal for advertisers who:
    • Which automated bid strategy might help improve the chances that your ad gets to the top of the page?
    • App downloads are conversions that are tracked when a user downloads or installs a mobile application for the first time.
    • An advertiser with stores throughout the country could use location extension targeting to:
    • iOS app conversion tracking cannot be set up using:
  • Google analytics individual qualification exam assessment answers
    • Where should the analytics tracking code be placed in the HTML of a webpage for data collection?
    • Segments will not allow you to do what?
    • To recognize users across different devices, what is required for user ID?
    • What channel is not included in the default channels report?
    • What is not a filter setting for data in views?
    • What feature can join offline business systems data with online data collected by Google analytics?
    • Which reports indicate how website referrals, organic search, and ad campaigns assisted in conversions?
    • In multi-channel funnel reports, what channel would not be credited with a conversion?
    • What type of custom report shows a static sortable table with rows of data?
    • What feature is required to track customer search terms on a website?
    • What is a “metric” in Google Analytics?
    • What criteria cannot be used to create a custom segment?
    • Which default traffic source dimensions does Google analytics report for each website visitor?
    • Which user characteristic may not be used to change keyword bids in Google ads?
    • When does the analytics tracking code send a pageview hit to Google analytics?
    • What campaigns require manual tags on destination URLs for tracking?
    • What filter would only include data from a campaign titled “back to school” in campaign reports?
    • What scope applies to custom metrics?
    • What report compares metrics based on user acquisition date over a series of weeks?
    • The default session timeout duration in Google analytics is how many minutes?
    • What data does Google analytics prohibit collecting?
    • Using a standard Google analytics configuration, which characteristics cannot be used to create a custom segment?
    • If you define a destination goal for a newsletter sign-up, and a user completes the newsletter sign-up three times in three separate sessions, how many goal conversions will Google analytics count?
    • What feature is required to collect the number of comments users posted to a web page?
    • Which metric reports on how often a channel contributes to a conversion prior to last-click attribution?
    • What is the “bounce rate” in Google analytics?
    • What model represents the hierarchical structure of a Google analytics account?
    • To increase the speed at which Google analytics compiles reports, what action could be taken?
    • Sampling is applied to reports before segmentation.
    • If a web page visitor clears the analytics cookie from their browser, what will occur?
    • When does the tracking code send an event hit to Google Analytics?
    • What campaign parameter is not available by default in Google Analytics ?
    • Sharing a Custom Report will share the report configuration and data included in the report.
    • Where should the analytics tracking code be placed in the HTML of a webpage for data collection?
    • What would prevent data from appearing in a custom report?
    • Google Analytics cannot collect data from which systems by default?
    • What report indicates the last page users viewed before leaving a website?
    • When does a default analytics session expire?
    • What does assigning a value to a google analytics goal enable?
    • If the Google merchandise store sets up a URL goal of “/ordercomplete” and a match type of “begins with”, which of the following pages on www.googlemerchandisestore.com will not count as a goal?
    • What asset is used to build a remarketing list?
    • When linking a Google Ads account to Google Analytics, what is not possible?
    • What report provides data on how specific sections of a website performed?
    • What is not a benefit of using segments to analyze data?
    • Within how many days can a deleted view be restored?
    • What report shows a visual representation of user interactions on a website?
    • What criteria could not be used to create a dynamic remarketing audience?
    • What report provides data on how specific sections of a website performed?
    • What is not a benefit of using segments to analyze data?
    • Within how many days can a deleted view be restored?
    • What report shows which types of mobile devices visited a website?
    • Views can include website data collected before the view was created.
    • What cannot be collected by the default analytics tracking code?
    • How would a view filter be configured to include only users from Brazil and Argentina?
    • To view accurate data in a custom report, what action should be avoided?
    • What report shows the percentage of traffic that previously visited a website?
    • View filters may be applied retroactively to any data that has been processed.
    • What is not a benefit of Google Analytics remarketing?
    • If a user visits a web page with an embedded video, leaves without clicking on anything, and the session times out, how will Google Analytics report the session?
    • What is not considered a “source” in Google Analytics by default?
    • What report identifies browsers that may have had problems with a website?
    • Which goals are available in Google Analytics?
    • Which assets cannot be shared in the solutions gallery? which assets cannot be shared in the solutions gallery?
    • What scope would be set for a custom dimension that reports membership status for a customer rewards program?
    • What report identifies browsers that may have had problems with a website?
    • Which goals are available in Google analytics?
    • Which assets cannot be shared in the solutions gallery?
    • What scope levels are available for dimensions and metrics?
    • If a user watches a video with event tracking three times in a single session, analytics will count how many unique events?
    • Filters cannot perform what action on collected data?
    • Which three campaign parameters are recommended to manually track campaigns?
    • What is used to create smart goals?
    • In custom reports, what must metrics and dimensions share in order to report accurately?
    • What data is Google analytics goals unable to track?
    • Which parameters can be included with an event hit for reporting?
    • Auto-tagging is used to collect data from what kind of traffic?
    • View filters are applied in what order?
    • What data table display compares report metrics to the website average?
    • What feature must be enabled to use multi-channel funnels?
    • Custom dimensions can be used as what?
    • In views that don’t have data import enabled, custom dimensions values may be viewed for dates before the custom dimension was created.
    • What feature collects company-specific data such as Member Status?
    • Which reports require the activation of advertising features?
    • A new custom channel group may be applied retroactively to organize data that has been previously collected.
    • What metric-dimension combination is not valid?
    • What is the set of rules that determines how sales and conversions get credited based on touch-points in the conversion path?
    • What is not considered a default “medium” in Google Analytics?
    • What feature is required to send data from a web-connected device (like a point-of-sale system) to Google Analytics?
    • What report indicates the pages of a website where users first arrived?
    • To recognize users across different devices, what feature must be enabled?
    • Which kinds of hits does Google analytics track?
    • Which reports indicate how traffic arrived at a website?
    • In Multi-Channel Funnel reports, how are default conversions credited?
  • Google display and video 360 certification assessment answers
    • What line items are impacted by insertion order default targeting?
    • What inventory sources allow for exclusive publisher partnerships?
    • How is the daily budget calculated fHow is the daily budget calculated for an insertion order with Flight Even pacing?or an insertion order with Flight Even pacing?
    • Where are video ads hosted for a TrueView campaign?
    • What hierarchy levels are required to permission and link a YouTube channel to run TrueView?
    • How does the setup for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal differ from a preferred deal?
    • How would you add third-party verification to a creative when Campaign Manager is your ad server?
    • What insertion order settings must be set before a campaign can go live?
    • What report shows the number of unique users for a specific website?
    • What environment supports proximity targeting?
    • Which ad format supports pre-bid verification with Integral Ad Science?
    • What is a benefit of linking a YouTube channel to the advertiser in Display & Video 360?
    • How can an advertiser be granted access to TrueView inventory?
    • Which two settings can be edited in Campaign Settings? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What is one benefit of applying “auto budget allocation” to an insertion order’s budget settings?
    • What step should be taken to determine which creatives had the lowest eCPM over the last month?
    • What step should be taken to track and secure a programmatic deal with a publisher?
    • What is the result of using a VPAID tag instead of a VAST tag when running video ads?
    • What steps should be taken at the Advertiser level to run TrueView?
    • What step would an advertiser take to target a list of email addresses?
    • Where can a preferred deal be assigned?
    • What is one way to control ad frequencies across multiple insertion orders?
    • What format cannot share a frequency cap with other media formats?
    • What percentage of the daily budget is applied when using “Ahead” pacing?
    • What ad format cannot run with Even pacing set on the insertion order?
    • What are two ways to troubleshoot a non-spending line item? (select two)Select All Correct
    • What step would be taken to verify that conversion pixels are implemented and load correctly?
    • What step should be taken to assign an advertiser to a preferred deal when creating a new inventory source?
    • Which two objectives can be selected as a campaign goal? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three settings could prevent deals from meeting their ad-serving goals? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • What are two Google Audiences? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • To optimize the campaign towards viewability, which two approaches can an advertiser take? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • To duplicate a line item, what steps must be taken?
    • How can a line item’s potential reach be increased from 1K to 1M targeted impressions?
    • What report can identify when a campaign overspent the budget?
    • How are creatives assigned to a line item?
    • What is the correct Display & Video 360 account hierarchy?
    • When creating new video line items, what are two execution methods that save time? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which campaign setting impacts how the associated insertion orders deliver?
    • What step should an advertiser take to exclude sensitive categories using a supported third-party verification tool?
    • How can a site be blacklisted from an advertiser’s media buys?
    • How are line items affected when a user edits the default targeting for insertion orders?
    • What does an audit status of “Pending, servable” mean?
    • What feature allows users to adjust fixed bids for different geographies or device types?
    • Which two insertion order and line item settings are required? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What should be used to investigate why a line item isn’t winning the majority of qualifying open auction impressions?
    • Which two insertion order and line item settings are required? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What should be used to investigate why a line item isn’t winning the majority of qualifying open auction impressions?
    • Which two pacing scenarios represent spend-behavior that’s working as intended? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What are two ways to check why a private deal is not running? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • How can a group of URLs be excluded across advertisers?
    • To access a first-party audience list from a Floodlight tag in Display & Video 360, what step should be taken in Campaign Manager?
    • How can a campaign be activated after creating it?
    • What timezone is applied to inline charts and metrics data?
    • What are two ways to make bulk changes within Display & Video 360 campaigns? Select All Correct Responses
    • What data cannot be evaluated with a Standard or General performance report?
    • Which exchanges have their own creative audit process?
    • How can a profit margin be applied to the revenue metric?
    • Which ad formats cannot be assigned to a single line item? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • To send data from Campaign Manager to Display & Video 360, what initial step should be taken?
    • Which two views show the revenue and conversion metrics for line items? (select two)
    • What report can help verify if pixels load correctly on a webpage?
    • When creating a new TrueView campaign, how long should be allocated for creative review?
    • When is a “view” counted for TrueView campaigns?
    • To activate the creative approvals process for a new creative, what step must be taken?
    • For deals, which tool can be used to identify if the correct creative sizes are sent with the bid request?
    • When users make changes to a line item or insertion order, where are those changes displayed?
    • What is required for creative approval?
    • How can a creative be submitted for audit after it’s been rejected and fixed?
    • What step should be taken to view performance data for targeted audience segments?
    • Where can an advertiser set their campaign goal?
    • When targeting a private deal with a news publisher that constantly refreshes the text on the page, which targeting should be avoided?
    • At what levels can pacing be set?
    • What step should be taken to configure a Programmatic Guaranteed deal once negotiations are complete?
    • What is the difference between Programmatic Guaranteed deals and preferred deals?
    • Which environments and inventory sources cannot run within a single line item?
  • Google campaign manager certification assessment answers
    • How can a dynamic preview sheet be removed from a Studio profile?
    • Where are Campaign Manager and Display & Video 360 linked?
    • When dynamic display creatives are published from Studio, what creative type is set in Campaign Manager?
    • What are two benefits of using the INS tag? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two methods measure impressions served in a mobile app? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • When the primary HTML5 assets get delayed, what will serve in a user’s browser as it’s loading?
    • Cross-environment conversion methodology takes into account what data sources?
    • When would a VPAID asset be used?
    • What report in Report Builder shows the number of unique users who have interacted with ads?
    • Audience lists created in Campaign Manager can be automatically shared with which linked applications? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • What happens when a user meets the frequency cap for an ad?
    • Paid search dimensions in Report Builder are compatible with what metric?
    • In a Path to Conversion report, when a user selects to “Pivot On Interaction Path,” what are two major differences from the unpivoted report? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What Floodlight conversion counting method would report the first visit for each user within a given day?
    • Which information can be extracted from the data in the Verification tab? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • If an Agency Trafficker can only see a subset of active campaigns within their account view, where would a Agency Admin go to adjust access to all campaigns?
    • What object in Campaign Manager is equivalent to a creative in Display & Video 360?
    • When is an impression counted in Reporting?
    • What report shows how long it takes for a customer to convert after interacting with an ad?
    • What Floodlight feature can be used to create a custom audience list that targets customers who purchased a specific product or service?
    • When a Top Conversion Paths report shows that most users enter the purchase cycle with a rich media interaction, what action can be taken to optimize the campaign?
    • Unless default ads are disabled, what campaign trafficking action triggers the automatic creation of a default ad for display placements?
    • What feature can be used to combine log-level impression and click data for a custom reach analysis?
    • What is the more cost-effective way to restrict ads served to a specific geographic region?
    • What targeting rules display an ad to users who have viewed a product, but not purchased it?
    • Which two tabs in Reporting provide access to viewability data? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What timezone is used in Data Transfer (DT) timestamps for impression and click files?
    • What account structure should be used to share Floodlight tags and audience lists between multiple Advertisers?
    • The Insights tab in Reporting shows the view performance against which three goals? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which functionalities are available to manage conversion data using the API? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What HTML elements of a Floodlight tag’s iFrame code identify the unique activity?
    • What action can be taken to select which columns appear in the trafficking interface?
    • For Floodlight tags to properly attribute in-app conversions, what needs to happen within the app?
    • To link a Display & Video 360 advertiser, what initial step must be taken in Campaign Manager?
    • What counting method tracks the number of sales made or items purchased?
    • What section within a Floodlight activity’s settings allows users to add publisher tracking tags?
    • If a publisher serves a placement tag after the campaign end date, what ad will serve?
    • In the Insights tab in Reporting, which two cards show a snapshot of performance? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Where in Campaign Manager can the Site ID(s) required to push placements to Display & Video 360 be found?
    • Where in Campaign Manager can the Site ID(s) required to push placements to Display & Video 360 be found?
    • Which two methods count impressions on site-served creatives? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which conditions must be true in order to designate an advertiser as a “child”?Select All Correct Responses
    • What must a Floodlight tag include to capture product data alongside a conversion?
    • When using a placement media cost cap, what will happen once the cap is reached?
    • When assets are added to an existing creative, where will these updates be reflected?
    • Where would purchased inventory for a campaign be entered in Campaign Manager?
    • What report tracks Floodlight attribution in Reporting?
    • At what level can landing pages be set, so they are the same across multiple ads?
    • Which metric is NOT available in Data Transfer?
    • What level is used to calculate conversions if the lookback window differs between objects?
    • What is the limit to retrieve log data from a Data Transfer Google Bucket?
    • When a “plan” is executed in Planning, what information is pushed to Campaign Manager?
    • Which three workflows can be used to make bulk edits? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • What ad setting limits the number of times that ad can be shown to a particular user?
    • What counting method tracks the number of sales made or items purchased?
    • What are three benefits of using Internal Redirect tags?
    • What settings are required to give a user reporting access for a single advertiser?
    • What ad setting ensures a qualified user will always be served a city-targeted ad first over a country-targeted ad when both ads are assigned to the same placement?
    • What are two Video Verification metrics? (select two)
    • Counters and Total Interactions metrics are available for which type of creatives?
    • What cost model only calculates cost for impressions measured as viewable by Active View?
    • In which two tags can the keyword macro (%k) be added? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • To target multiple Campaign Manager IDs within one cell of a feed, what character is used to separate IDs?
    • What attribution model uses Floodlight data from both attributed and non-attributed conversions?
    • What data is provided in Video Verification?
    • The “DCM/DFA Trafficking and Reporting API” can directly accomplish which two tasks? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What is required to track mobile app conversions using Floodlight tags?
    • What action must occur for a team member to get access to Data Transfer files in Google Cloud Storage?
    • Which two features may be used to log additional information about a click? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
  • Google mobile sites assessment answers
    • Which most accurately describes the purpose of compression?
    • Images should never change when rotating a device screen or between different device sizes
    • Which of the following is not a best practice for a financial company to keep users from dropping out of the funnel?
    • Which of the following is not true about site search experience on mobile sites?
    • In the layout step, the browser:
    • Which is not true about responsive sites?
    • When using Chrome devtools, what should you limit the connectivity to?
    • What is a valid event for a service worker to emit when it’s registered?
    • Which of the following describes an App shell?
    • To instruct the browser to use the default device width, you would use meta name=”viewport” content=”width=device-width”.
    • In which of the following situations can a high bounce rate be interpreted as a good metric?
    • A Progressive Web App
    • Which is the best way to discover and prioritize landing pages for UX improvement potential?
    • At a minimum, what page weight should you be aiming for?
    • True or false: A/B testing allows you to test two or more elements on the site to understand their effects on each other
    • Which changes to “geometric properties” affect the layout?
    • Mobile sites:
    • Image information such as location and camera description can often be deleted to reduce image sizes. This type of information is called:
    • JavaScript can block DOM construction unless explicitly declared as async.
    • How do you prioritize optimization of the mobile site for browser versions or screen resolutions:
    • At a minimum, what Speed Index score should you be aiming for?
    • Mobile pages that load 1s faster see up to a 27% increase in CvR.
    • Before introducing mobile site design best practices to your clients, you should examine their.
    • Which of the following reports in Google analytics helps you to identify leakages from the conversion funnel?
    • According to a Google poll, what is the top frustration when users browse the web on their mobile device?
    • Google optimize does not currently allow you to:
    • The first step to optimize the critical rendering path is:
    • How many times per second do most devices refresh their screens?
    • Which of the following describes the payment API correctly?
    • For each font on your website you should:
    • Which of these features is part of a progressive web app?
    • Which describes how a service worker operates?
    • Which of the following statements is true about the mobile experience of users?
    • What is it that the App shell helps with
    • Why did Facebook create “2G Tuesdays”?
    • Which is an example of a situation when an unnecessary resource negatively impacts the user experience.
    • Using a mix of desktop and mobile-optimized pages on mobile sites improves the user experience since some users are more familiar with the desktop version of the site.
    • Which components often account for most of the downloaded bytes on a web page?
    • How can you make the job a lot simpler for the browser?
    • What’s the fastest and best-optimized resource?
    • Which allows for efficient font reuse between pages?
    • Research shows that mobile users expect to:
    • Which is true about calls-to-action usage on mobile homepages?
    • The render tree contains:
    • What does “Variant A” in A/B Testing usually represent?
    • To optimize for speed, you shouldn’t use too many webfonts and you should minimize the number of _____.
    • How does AMP work?
    • Which of the following is not a best practice to optimize forms on mobile?
    • AMP ______ the page ______ waiting for resources to download:
    • Keeping CSS independent of HTML allows us to treat_______and _______as separate concerns.
    • Why are push notifications important for advertisers?
    • When referring to the critical rendering path in site performance, a critical resource is:
    • You can experiment with Google Analytics features by using the Google Merchandise store demo account.
    • If you’re in an animation like scrolling, you should ideally be looking to keep your JavaScript to something in the region of ______. Any longer than that and you risk taking up too much time.
    • Resources with responses that are ______ for all users are great candidates to be cached by a CDN.
    • What is a tool that you can use to emulate and simulate a site that’s experiencing poor or unreliable connectivity?
    • Some users are not comfortable converting on their mobile device. What could be an action you can take to improve their experience?
    • Why do CSS @imports harm performance?
    • Which format is preferred for the multi-device and high-resolution icons?
    • Before the browser can render the page, it needs to construct the:
    • To deliver the fastest possible time to first render, you should minimize the number of:
    • Which is a benefit of a mobile site over an app for businesses?
    • Which can be sacrificed to reduce the file size of an image?
    • Which metric is affected by slow page speed?
    • Why can an intermittently available mobile network result in a poor experience?
    • True or false: constructing the document object model (DOM) requires style information.
    • A good notification:
    • Which is not part of AMP:
  • Google creative certification assessment answers
    • When working on a profile with a ranked combination of rules, what feature should be used at the Manage Rules stage?
    • What do “counters” measure in Studio?
    • To build an expanding creative, which three panels must be included in the HTML? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • What profile setting allows Studio to match more than one row on impression?
    • When should the code from “Step 4: Generate Code” be called by a hand-coded dynamic creative?
    • What are two benefits of using dynamic creatives in Studio? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What are three benefits of using an existing Google Merchant Center feed for dynamic creatives in Studio? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • When should the dynamic creative be uploaded to Studio?
    • When you have multliple images to support different creative sizes within a single profile, what action should be taken?
    • Which two preview types can be used to generate a dynamic preview? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What dynamic strategy allows flight scheduling of dynamic creatives?
    • What is the Asset Library file size limit per upload for video files?
    • What are three benefits of filtering by creative dimensions?Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three feed types can be used for importing data into dynamic campaigns in Studio? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • When an asset is selected in the Asset Library, which three attributes appear in the asset Details section? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two columns are required in a feed? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What method for using custom fonts is NOT supported for dynamic text?
    • Where is the dynamic path for an asset found?
    • What is the minimum number of exits required for a creative?
    • Which two video formats can be built as Rich Media in Studio? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • To create a dynamic profile, what steps must be taken in the dynamic content section?
    • To preview a creative on a blank page, what option should be selected from the dropdown?
    • Which two types of creatives either float above a webpage or fill an entire mobile screen? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two data types are NOT supported as dynamic elements? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two capabilities are possible with dynamic preview sheets? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two Campaign Manager attributes can be used as filters in a dynamic feed? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What is the proper format for geo-targeting a location in a feed?
    • What does optimization prioritize when used for dynamic creatives?
    • Which three components are available in Google Web Designer? (select three)Select All Correct
    • Which types of assets can be used in Studio? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What is the Asset Library file size limit per upload for non-video files?
    • Which two settings determine which dynamic content is selected by the ad server to send to the creative? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What user access level allows read and write access to create or edit a dynamic profile and feed?
    • In the dynamic workflow after managing the data and rules, what is the next step to set up a dynamic creative?
    • Which three creative types are allowed when using VPAID creatives? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • In what section of Studio is user access managed?
    • What is the method most often used to define the dynamic content for a creative?
    • Which two targeting types are supported in Studio for dynamic creatives? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two methods can be used to build dynamic creatives for Studio? (select two)
    • When a user generates a dynamic preview and receives the error “Can’t show a preview because you haven’t set a default creative or your applied filters don’t match any feed rows,” what first step should be taken to troubleshoot the error?
    • What action occurs when assets are uploaded to the Creative section?
    • When a feed contains a column of dynamic clickthrough URLs, what function will a handcoded creative use?
    • What field type is used for data pass targeting in a dynamic profile?
    • In what section of Studio are creative images and videos stored?
    • Which three rotation settings are available in Studio? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two variables can be used to optimize the rotation of dynamic creatives? (select two)
    • In what product are dynamic targeting keys created?
    • What’s the most efficient way to target one headline to 10 different audience IDs in a feed?
    • How can a Studio profile be edited without impacting the live campaign?
    • What are two creative elements that can be dynamic? (select two)
    • How many Studio profiles can a dynamic creative be linked to?
    • What user access level allows read and write access to create or edit a dynamic profile and feed?
    • What steps should be taken under Manage Data to upload a new feed to the Studio profile?
    • Which two methods can be used to connect dynamic data to an element in the creative?(select two)
    • What step must be taken before initiating a fullscreen expansion?
    • Which three elements are required for a dynamic creative? (select three)
    • What values are included in the targeting column of a remarketing feed?
    • In what section of Studio can users create and manage dynamic profiles?
    • What type of creative appears within a set of borders and doesn’t expand or cover a website’s content?
    • In what section of Studio can users upload and manage ad files?
    • The HTML5 Enabler should be added to which tag in a creative’s HTML file?
    • Where are dynamic profiles located?
    • Echo remarketing uses dynamic content from what source?
    • What tool makes it possible to preview a creative on a mobile device that’s linked to a Studio account?
    • Which two options must be true to use open optimization? (select two)
    • What feature can be used to target multiple columns in a feed one at a time?
    • What dynamic strategy uses a naming convention to replace numeric Campaign Manager IDs?
  • Google search ads 360 assessment answers
    • What happens when an engine is paused?
    • Which two types of goals can be targeted in bid strategies? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two user types can activate the conversion API? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two features may be used to upload offline conversion data to a Search Ads 360 keyword ID? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two segments CANNOT be applied to reporting data? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What is the default attribution model for Floodlight?
    • Campaigns can only be copied within the same engine account for which two engines? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three landing page tests are available in Search Ads 360? (select three) Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two types of campaigns do bid strategy opportunities analyze? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • If an engine account is set to a different timezone than an advertiser, in which timezone will Floodlight metrics appear when scoped to the advertiser level?
    • Where can a saved web query be found?
    • Which three engines are supported by the Search Ads 360 API? (select three) Select All Correct Responses
    • At which three levels can automated rules be set up? (select three) select all correct responses
    • What conversion data can be uploaded using bulksheets?
    • What is the Search Ads 360 account hierarchy?
    • What setting should be applied to a floodlight tag passing offline conversion data?
    • When a Search Ads 360 advertiser is added with a different currency than the linked Campaign Manager advertiser, which product sets the currency for that Search Ads 360 advertiser?
    • What permissions are needed to create an advertiser?
    • Which three URLs are involved in a landing page test? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • If bids on keywords in a bid strategy are manually overwritten, how long will it take for the bid strategy to resume bidding on those keywords?
    • What step would be taken to check if an inventory management template has created any entities?
    • When a Search Ads 360 advertiser is linked to Campaign Manager, which product sets the timezone?
    • Which two types of uploads can be made through an sFTP endpoint? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • At which two levels can URL Templates be set up? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three modifiers can be automated by a bid strategy? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two methods can be used to pass conversion attributes such as model type, color, and year of production through a Floodlight activity? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three requirements must be met to run a successful ad copy test? (select three)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which three items can a bid strategy consider when optimizing the performance of a bidding portfolio as a whole? (select three) Select All Correct Responses
    • When a reporting view is saved, who has access to the view?
    • Which level’s settings CANNOT be edited with bulksheets? (select two)
    • What level should be used to evaluate performance of a bid strategy?
    • How often is Google Ads, Bing Ads, and Baidu data refreshed in Search Ads 360?
    • Bulksheets can be used to complete which two tasks? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • What does it mean when the “Stop sync” button is greyed out?
    • If an engine account is set to a different currency than an advertiser, metrics will appear in what currency when scoped to the engine level?
    • What feature is used to track unsupported ad types that specify their own landing page or Google display network and Gmail promoted campaigns?
    • Which two column categories appear in formula columns? (select two) Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two methods can be used to send an Executive report to a user with no access to Search Ads 360? (select two)Select All Correct Responses
    • Which two constraints can an advertiser select on their conversion-based bid strategies? (select two) Select All Correct Responses
    • What attribution model assigns all credit to the last click on a paid search ad before a conversion?
    • Which two conversion sources can be reported in custom columns? (select two) Select All Correct Responses
    • What feature may be used to edit custom Floodlight variable data?
    • What occurs when auto-tagging is enabled?
    • What feature may be used to report on a specific Floodlight conversion?
    • What feature provides audience lists to Display & Video 360 or Google Ads based on search clicks recorded by Search Ads 360?
    • What type of bid strategy is supported by the forecasting tool?
    • What could prevent Inventory Management from making changes to a campaign?
    • Which two changes does an advertiser manager have permission to make to an advertiser account? (select two)
    • What action should be used to pass a conversion attribute (such as shipping cost)?
    • Which attribute may be used to upload paid search offline conversions via the Campaign Manager API?
    • Which three frequencies can be scheduled for reports? (select three)
    • Data Exclusion events exclude data for a minimum of how many hours?
    • What are two key differentiators in functionality between labels and business data?
    • What floodlight tag measures purchases and revenue on a website?
    • Which three changes can a user set up using scheduled edits? (select three)
    • During the first week of an active bid strategy, which two changes can potentially impact the learning period? (select two)
    • Which three features can a call-tracking partner use to send data to search ads 360? (select three)
    • What function do ValueTrack parameters perform?
    • What metrics estimate conversions that measure user behavior across devices and environments?
    • What two floodlight activity group types can be set up? (select two)
    • At which three levels can bid strategies be applied? (select three)
    • When setting a CPA, ERS, or ROAS target for a bid strategy, how much conversion history should be considered?
    • When campaign manager isn’t used as the ad server, what should search ads 360 advertisers link to in campaign manager?
    • Which three features can be used to integrate offline conversion data? (select three)
    • What is shown in the “last sync” details tab? (select two)
    • What configuration setting eliminates duplicate conversions between advertisers?
  • Grundlagen der google ads suchmaschinenwerbung
    • Dieters Unternehmen stellt ein leistungsfähiges Produkt her und die Kunden sind mit ihren Käufen zufrieden. Leider verzeichnet er nur wenige Websitebesuche. Wie kann Dieter mit responsiven Suchanzeigen mehr potenzielle Kunden erreichen? (Wählen
    • Laura hat gerade die erste Google-Suchkampagne für ihr Yogastudio erstellt. Sie wählt das Google Suchnetzwerk aus, das standardmäßig die Suchnetzwerk-Partner von Google enthält. Welche Vorteile bieten ihr Suchnetzwerk-Partner?
    • Werbung bei Google Ads beruht auf drei Prinzipien: Relevanz, Kontrolle und Ergebnisse. Ihre Anzeigen sind hoch relevant, da Sie die richtigen Nutzer mit der richtigen Botschaft im richtigen Moment erreichen. Sie erhalten Ergebnisse, da Sie nur
    • In Noras Modekaufhaus findet zweimal jährlich ein beliebter Sonderverkauf für Herrenhüte mit großzügigen Rabatten und Überraschungsangeboten statt. Sie möchte potenzielle Kunden auf den Ausverkauf aufmerksam machen. Wie können Google-Suchkampag
    • Welche Art von Nutzer können Sie mit der Option “Kaufbereite Zielgruppen” erreichen?
    • Michael hat eine ansprechende Anzeige und eine Liste mit gut geeigneten Keywords erstellt. Zu seiner Enttäuschung wird die Anzeige nicht so oft ausgeliefert, wie er erwartet hatte. Woran kann das liegen?
    • Klara ist eine Werbeleiterin, die die Google-Suchkampagne ihres Unternehmens optimieren soll. Wie kann sie den Optimierungsfaktor zu ihrem Vorteil nutzen?
    • Karens Waschmaschine funktioniert nicht mehr, deshalb sucht sie auf Google nach einer neuen. In den Suchergebnissen sieht sie mehrere Google-Suchanzeigen für Waschmaschinen. Anhand welcher der folgenden Parameter wird bei der Google-Auktion bes
    • Marie steht nur ein knappes Marketingbudget zur Verfügung und sie benötigt eine Strategie, um potentielle Kunden für einen festen Betrag auf ihre Website zu leiten. Welche Gebotsstrategie entspricht ihren Anforderungen?
    • Sie sollen die Werbekampagne für einen neuen Klempnerdienst verwalten, sind aber an ein festes Budget gebunden, das Sie nicht überschreiten dürfen. Warum ist Google Ads eine effektive Option dafür?
    • Mario erstellt eine Textanzeige, die im Google Suchnetzwerk ausgeliefert wird. Er gibt überall die erforderlichen Informationen ein. In welchem Element sollte er Details zu seinem Produkt hervorheben und die Anzahl der Zeichen auf zwei Felder m
    • Was können sie erreichen, wenn Sie Ihren Google-Suchanzeigen erweiterungen mit zusatzinformationen hinzufügen?
    • Jan möchte potenzielle kunden erreichen, die auf Google speziell nach “zeitSparer” suchen – der beliebten bürosoftware seines unternehmens. Da jan mit einem einfachen ansatz beginnen möchte, empfiehlt ihm sein marketingberater, dynamische sucha
    • Ingrid möchte mit ihrer neuen produktlinie möglichst viel aufmerksamkeit erregen. Sie weiß, dass sie mit einer displaykampagne im Internet eine große Reichweite erzielen kann. Wie kann Ingrid mit einer Displaykampagne ihr Marketingziel erreiche
    • Michaela hat vor Kurzem das neue Produkt **Wonder Boots** auf den Markt gebracht. Die Marke ist in der Schuhbranche bereits sehr bekannt. Sie möchte mit Google Ads mehr Zugriffe erzielen, aber nur für Suchanfragen, die genau mit ihrem Produktna
    • Björn verwaltet die Google-Suchkampagne seines Unternehmens. Er ruft regelmäßig den Optimierungsfaktor ab, um dafür zu sorgen, dass die Kampagne weiterhin möglichst gute Ergebnisse erzielt. Auf welcher Grundlage wird der Optimierungsfaktor bere
    • Sie haben bemerkt, dass Sie gute Ergebnisse für Ihre Google-Suchkampagnen erzielen, wenn Sie Remarketing-Listen für Suchanzeigen verwenden. Wie können Sie diese Resultate noch weiter verbessern?
    • Als Werbestratege möchte Joachim seine Anzeigen optimieren, um Nutzer effektiver zu Klicks und Conversions anzuregen. Er erwägt, die beiden optionalen „Pfad“-Felder in der URL-Komponente der Anzeige einzusetzen, möchte aber sichergehen, dass di
    • Christoph ist ein Reiseveranstalter, der Abenteuerreisen in Südamerika anbietet. Er möchte mehr Buchungen für seine Touren erzielen. Bei welcher Aktivität gelangen potentielle Kunden über Google-Suchanzeigen zu seiner Unternehmenswebsite?
    • Petras monatliches Kampagnenbudget beträgt nur 500 $ pro Monat, soll aber möglichst viele potentielle Kunden auf ihre Website bringen. Welche Art von automatischer Gebotsstrategie eignet sich für ihre Kampagne am besten?
    • Mila möchte ihren Lagerbestand räumen, um Platz für eine neue Produktlinie zu schaffen. Sie ist bereit, zu diesem Zweck ihren CPA (Cost-per-Acquisition) und ihre Investitionen zu erhöhen, solange dadurch eine Umsatzsteigerung gewährleistet ist.
    • Nathan verwaltet die Onlinemarketingkampagnen für ein Reformhaus. Er erstellt eine Google-Suchkampagne legt „Zugriffe auf die Website“ als Marketingziel fest. Welches Ergebnis erwartet Nathan von seiner Kampagne?
    • Welche Typen zählen zu den automatischen Anzeigenerweiterungen? (Wählen Sie zwei Optionen aus.)
  • Google DoubleClick search assessment answers
    • Call-only ads are like ad call extensiosns in that they let you start a call with a touch. How are they different from ad call extensions?
    • Roger has your app installed on his phone. While browsing products online, he happens upon a link to one of your products
    • True or false: firebase can reduce complication for advertisers by providing them only one SDK to track all traffic sources, including ad networks.
    • Asa is ready to get started using doubleclick Search to set up his first search campaign. What are the correct steps and order he needs to perform them in?
    • Your client wants to track conversions based on the number of sales. What type of Floodlight tag should you use to track this?
    • Sarah creates a floodlight activity group to track the number of hits on her advertiser’s home page. If she also wanted to track customer purchases, what does she need to do?
    • What KPI and target metric should you select to get the most clicks possible within your $5,000 budget?
    • How is a search ad’s ranking determined?
    • Bid strategies can find the most opportunities under which condition?
    • You’re running a search campaign to promote a product for senior citizens. You choose to exclude keywords such as “teenagers” and “kids.” What type of keywords are these?
    • What are the advantages of using doubleclick search to manage a large and complex campaign?
    • Fareena’s flowers wants customers clicking their ad on mobile to call their order hotline instead of opening their website. What type of ad do you need to create?
    • What information can a floodlight tag track using custom variables?
    • You’re looking to examine performance by device type to compare conversions between desktop, mobile, and tablet. How would you view this information in the performance dashboard?
    • Miranda is running a search campaign on multiple engines. The campaign includes over a thousand keywords and frequently runs seasonal promotions. What can she do to simplify her tasks while still meeting her goals?
    • What would you do first to report on data for your “thank you page” floodlight activity?
    • What is search engine marketing?

• Hubspot certification answers

  • What does it mean to have an inbound approach to doing business?
  • Which of the following is NOT a way to create remarkable content?
  • True or false? Most sales organizations are doing everything they can to apply force to their flywheel.
  • What type of company would be most likely to find success advertising on Pinterest?
  • HubSpot Inbound Certification answers
    • When you use Jobs Theory to develop a timeline of events, where does that timeline start?
    • Which of the following is NOT a key part of a company’s culture?
    • If a salesperson is speaking with a specific person and discovers that the person doesn’t exactly match their assigned persona, what should the salesperson do?
    • Which of the following is the best way to align a company’s employees around a single purpose?
    • Fill in the blanks: You ________ have to provide the _________ right response, before delivering the __________ correct information.
    • Why do the inbound principles exist?
    • Which place is recommended for the storage of your prospect’s information?
    • Fill in the blank: When optimizing your content for clarity, your goal is to ______________.
    • In a flywheel business, which of the following is the most important source of new prospects?
    • How can you apply flywheel thinking to your company’s budget?
    • Why is it common for companies to think of themselves in terms of a funnel?
    • True or false? When you standardize, you’re creating a single standard answer that has no variations.
    • What are the five inbound principles?
    • True or false? Every customer has to have a fantastic experience in order for your company’s flywheel to accelerate.
    • Which of the following is NOT a reason to think of your business as a flywheel?
    • True or false? Attracting is the role of marketing. Engaging is the role of sales. Delighting is the role of services.
    • Who is responsible for delighting prospects and customers?
    • Which of the following is a problem with thinking of your business as a funnel?
    • What is the relationship between the inbound methodology and the concept of a flywheel?
    • Fill in the blank: Your __________ is your strongest acquisition lever.
    • Fill in the blank: The inbound methodology is a ____________.
    • What is the three horizon framework?
    • True or false? Most buyers start researching potential solutions before they meet with a salesperson.
    • What is the purpose of the delight stage of the inbound methodology?
    • True or false? As buying behavior changes, the inbound philosophy will also evolve.
    • What is Jobs Theory?
    • When does the engage stage of the inbound methodology begin?
    • What occurs during the attract stage of the inbound methodology?
    • When designing site architecture and navigation, whose experience should be the primary consideration?
    • True or False: Responsive design relies on predefined screen sizes.
    • True or false? It is a recommended best practice to gate and deliver majority of your content over live chat.
    • Fill in the blank: When creating a content offer, use _________ to determine the best content offer format.
    • True or false? You should only create video content if you have a high-quality camera and lights.
    • True or false? Social media is a key driver for word-of-mouth marketing.
    • True or false? Conversion optimization is NOT an iterative process.
    • What are the steps of conversion optimization?
    • If you’re looking for a place to start with creating topic clusters and pillar pages, consider deconstructing your existing awareness- or consideration-stage offers into 10x content pillar pages.
    • To help increase awareness for an upcoming product launch, your manager increases paid promotion funds by 300%. Which channels could you disperse these funds to?
    • Optimizing your content helps improve __________.
    • True or false? In the context of inbound, buyer personas and ideal buyer profiles are the same thing.
    • What is the definition of a buyer persona?
    • A website visitor is reading the blog post you published last month. They’re intrigued by the call-to-action that you have at the bottom of your post, so they decide to click it and are redirected to a form which they fill out and submit. Which
    • What is the role of “back office” teams (accounting, legal, etc.) in creating buyer personas?
    • What are the four stages of the Inbound Methodology?
    • True or false? Buyer personas are effective for all organization types.
    • Who at your company will buyer personas most benefit?
    • What does a knowledge strategy allow you to do?
    • Fill in the blank: You standardize for ______________.
    • When it comes to inbound best practices, you personalize for:
    • How can thinking of your business as a flywheel foster cross-team collaboration?
    • Fill in the blank: Inbound marketing represents a fundamental shift in the way that organizations operate because it is ______-centric.
    • A customer who recently purchased your product realizes that it’s not the right solution for the problem they were trying to solve. He would like to return the product. Which stage of the buyer’s journey is your customer in?
    • What is the relationship between your company’s purpose and your buyer personas?
    • True or false? There should be one person who is tasked with creating and maintaining your buyer personas.
    • You’ve been tasked with helping to research your organization’s buyer persona. Your boss asks you to reach out to a few good and bad customers. Is this the right approach?
    • You’ve joined a startup company. Before building out your content strategy, you’ll need to develop your company’s primary buyer persona. What’s the appropriate order for developing the buyer persona for your startup?
    • What does CRM stand for?
    • What kinds of information does your marketing team likely need included in a persona?
    • What occurs during the attract stage of the inbound methodology?
    • What kinds of information does your customer service team likely need included in each persona?What kinds of information does your customer service team likely need included in each persona?
    • According to Jobs Theory, which of the following is an example of a job story?
    • All of the following are true about forms and lead flows EXCEPT:
    • What kinds of information does your sales team likely need included in each persona?
    • Fill In The Blank: __________ Allows You To Understand What Users Want, Care About, And Interact With On Your Site By Visually Representing Their Clicks, Taps, And Scrolling Behavior.
    • Which of the following best describes a buyer persona?
    • What is the main purpose of a landing page?
    • True or false? If one horizon begins to underperform, you should reallocate resources to those initiatives until they start performing well.
    • This call-to-action isn’t performing as well as it should. What is the first thing to assess about the call-to-action?
    • In the three horizon framework, what does horizon three symbolize?
    • What is the relationship of funnels and flywheels to each other?
    • Which departments should be involved in creating content?
    • What are the stages in the inbound methodology?
    • Define a conversion path.
    • What’s the maximum number of top priorities a company should have at any given time?
    • Fill in the blank: Inbound is knowledge _________.
    • If your content is focused on the different solutions to your buyer persona’s problem, where would that content fit into the buyer’s journey?
    • What is the buyer’s journey?
    • True or false? When starting out, make sure you are engaging with customers on every single social media channel.
    • True or false? Objectives typically have a designated time period, while key results can be long lived.
    • When it comes to goal setting, what are key results?
    • True or false? Each prospect who comes to your website for the first time is always in the Awareness stage of the buyer’s journey.
    • In the three horizon framework, what does horizon two symbolize?
    • How does your company’s purpose affect “back office” teams (accounting, legal, etc.)?
    • Fill in the blank: While most pages should be optimized for user interaction, responsive blogs should be first optimized for _________.
    • True or false? If you have an ideal customer profile, you don’t need buyer personas.
    • True or false? Every business exists primarily to create profits.
    • Which of the following is NOT a “job dimension” that Jobs Theory might uncover?
    • True or false? A customer’s buying journey is ever-evolving. You should make updates as you learn more about your buyer persona.
    • What are the steps for creating a conversion path?
    • In the three horizon framework, what does horizon one symbolize?
    • Who should be involved in creating your buyer personas?
    • What is conversion optimization?
    • When it comes to goal setting, what are objectives?
    • What is the goal of the identify phase of an inbound sales strategy?
    • Your friend is starting a company and wants to identify the job their product will do for people. What advice would you give them?
    • How is your product’s “job to be done” tied to your customer’s personal identity?
    • Fill in the blank: _________ of consumers have discontinued communications with a company because of irrelevant promotions or messages.
    • What might your customer service team use the buyer’s journey for?
    • Which of the following is the best technique for helping people progress through the buyer’s journey?
    • Fill in the blank: _________ of customers will never do business with a company again after one negative experience.
    • Which of the following is NOT true about a flywheel?
    • True or false? An inbound sales strategy aims to connect with buyers when they’re in the decision stage of the buyer’s journey.
    • True or false? It’s a best practice to gate and deliver the majority of your content over live chat.
    • True or false? Most buyers are naturally trusting of salespeople.
    • In the engage stage what do you collect from an individual?
    • What are the principles of inbound? (Choose all that apply.)
    • What are the phases for the inbound sales framework?
    • True or false? To ensure that search engines understand your website page, it’s necessary to repeat your primary keyword throughout the page content using the same wording and phrasing.
    • Fill in the blank: During the attract stage of the inbound methodology, an inbound business focuses on __________________. (Choose all that apply.)
    • What could a marketer use in the engage stage to engage with different segments of their audience?
    • Which of the following delight terms is considered to be reactive to your customers’ needs?
    • True or false? NPS is calculated by subtracting the detractors percentage from the passives percentage.
    • Why is it important to make sure the people buying your product are happy?
    • True or false? Delight is only about the customer experience your service delivers.
    • Imagine you surveyed 100 training attendees. If 10% were detractors, 30% were passives, and 60% were promoters, what would your NPS be?
    • True or false? Social Content is only used during the attract and delight stages of the inbound methodology.
    • True or false? If you want to think of your company as a flywheel, you shouldn’t think of your sales process as a funnel.
    • True or false? The buyer’s journey is only used by your marketing team.
    • Fill in the blank: ____________ is the process of listening to customer feedback about their experience using a product or service, sharing results within the organization, and interpreting feedback to improve customer experience and retention.
    • What are the phases of an inbound sales strategy?
    • Fill in the blank: ______________ are people who respond to the NPS with a score between 0 and 6.
    • What is social listening?
    • Which of the following are principles of inbound? (Choose all that apply.)
    • Fill in the blank: Inbound is about _____ with the world.
    • Which of the following is NOT a lead nurturing tactic?
    • When should you focus on delighting people?
    • You want to improve your customer experience processes and your products to ensure you’re focused on delight. Which should you do to get the largest, most representative sample?
    • If a sales rep is speaking with a specific person and discovers that the person doesn’t exactly match their assigned persona, what should the sales rep do?
    • The inbound methodology is a circle. What does it represent?
    • Which is true about content and its relationship with the Inbound Methodology?
    • True or false? A call-to-action must be a button.
    • True or false? Having an inbound sales strategy is important because of changes made by the invention of the internet.
    • What is the relationship between a company’s profits and its purpose?
    • True or false? A website page should always have three goals. There should be one primary goal and two secondary goals.
    • 60% of a buyer’s purchase decision has already been made before even talking to a sales representative. What does that mean for inbound sales?
    • Fill in the blank: To build trust with your target audience, you need to align with the way they _________. (Choose all that apply.)
    • What are the three core tenents of inbound?
    • An inbound sales strategy focuses on identifying people who _________.
    • True or false? As an inbound sales representative, acting as an information gatekeeper and holding power over the entire sales process helps you win more sales.
    • How many customers do you need to interview to identify the job your product does?
    • True or false? If a lead flow only asks for a visitor’s email address, that’s enough information to create a useful record in the CRM.
    • What is the definition of lead nurturing? (Duplicate 1)
    • True or false? An inbound sales approach is necessary because the world has changed and salespeople need to adapt to new technologies and buying patterns.
    • How can thinking of your business as a flywheel improve the handoff between sales and services?
    • True or false? An effective conversion path must include a landing page.
    • Fill in the blank: _______________ is a friendly, harmonious relationship; a relationship characterized by agreement, mutual understanding, or empathy that makes communication possible or easy.
    • What is the difference between a sales process and an inbound sales strategy?
    • Fill in the blank: You can attract people by using _________ to create content and experiences.
  • HubSpot Marketing Software Certification Exam Answers
    • What are the three types of segments you can create in HubSpot?
    • What is the advantage of using a form?
    • Where is information collected by your form submissions stored in HubSpot?
    • What are/is the area(s) you need to consider when building a call-to-action?
    • What is a call-to-action button?
    • What are three examples of segments that every business should ideally have?
    • What is the definition of segmentation?
    • Your form submission rate tracks:
    • Why is it considered a best practice to include an image or video on a landing page?
    • What is a Twitter stream?
    • What is a form submission notification?
    • What are the key components of a landing page?
    • You can filter your HubSpot social inbox in a variety of ways. Which one is NOT one of them?
    • Why should you limit the number of form fields you use on your form?
    • When should you ungate content?
    • What are the two most important things to keep in mind when developing a HubSpot social media strategy? Choose two:
    • True or false? You should always disable cookie tracking on forms, unless you have a specific use case in mind.
    • True or false? Pillar pages make landing pages obsolete.
    • Pop-up forms are best suited to which stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • True or false? You can use your HubSpot CTAs in externally hosted content.
    • What are the elements of a traditional conversion path?
    • How can a pop-up form supplement a visitor’s experience?
    • You should base the design of your CTA on the following:
    • How does a landing page typically gather information about site visitors?
    • What’s the difference between a form and a pop-up form?
    • A call-to-action button is also known as a:
    • What is a lead flow?
    • Why should your call-to-action contain action-oriented language?
    • True or false? Big companies require complex page templates.
    • In the HubSpot email dashboard, there are two types of tabs that give you more insight into how your emails are performing. What are they?
    • Which sentence best describes collaboration in the CMS?
    • True or false? All scheduled social posts can be attached to an existing HubSpot campaign, or you can create a new campaign with your post.
    • Which of the following tasks can be performed in settings?
    • True or false? Pop-up forms are outbound.
    • Fill in the blank: To preview your post, click __________.
    • You can create a call-to-action to align with which stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • Fill in the blank: For distraction-free editing, click ___________.
    • What is a landing page?
    • What type of file can you import in draft mode instead of starting a blog post from scratch?
    • True or false? When creating a new page in the CMS, it’s important to choose your title carefully since it will automatically become the HTML title of the published web page.
    • True or false? Every time you publish a blog post, you’re creating a new, unique page for your website.
    • Which statement about selecting marketplace templates is most accurate?
    • Which sentence best describes the relationship between templates and pages?
    • All of the following are tools you can connect to a HubSpot campaign EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following is NOT a feature available to you in draft mode?
    • All of the following are examples of SMART goals EXCEPT:
    • True or false? All assets should be built before creating a campaign.
    • All of the following are examples of how you can export campaign data EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following are campaign metrics that can be tracked in HubSpot?
    • All of the following are ways you can report on a campaign EXCEPT:
    • Fill in the blank: Strive to choose a core topic with a monthly search volume that’s at least __________.
    • Which type of pillar page is in the form of an ungated guide or ebook?
    • When determining buyer personas, which type of information is most important to capture?
    • True or false? Only reference the core topic on your pillar page. Using synonyms of your core topic will confuse search engines on how to best rank this page.
    • Which is NOT an example of demographic information that can help bring value to your buyer persona research?
    • All of the following are examples of on-page SEO best practices to consider when optimizing your pillar page EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Choosing to not use the Marketing Hub blog tool to host your blog will make your Marketing Hub campaign reporting less comprehensive.
    • True or false? The higher your DA (Domain Authority), the easier it should be for your topic clusters to rank.
    • Fill in the blank: When linking your topic cluster together, it’s critical that you __________.
    • What is the reporting library?
    • How does HubSpot calculate the source of a visitor to your site?
    • True or false? You have up to one week to edit the name of a campaign.
    • “True or False? Google’s goal is to provide users with the most relevant, credible content that exists on the web based on their search query.”
    • True or false? A session expires after 30 minutes of inactivity.
    • All of the following are components of a topic cluster EXCEPT:
    • Most organizations target how many buyer personas?
    • True or False? You cannot add a featured image to a blog post.
    • What is a session?
    • True or false? When creating buyer personas, consider creating a different persona based on job function. Grouping buyer personas together by the goal or challenge they’re trying to overcome won’t be detailed enough to know who you’re talking t
    • Which of these is NOT one of the ways search has changed in the last 5 years?
    • What is key to the success of your reporting?
    • True or false? Buyer personas are non-fictional case study examples of your most successful customer.
    • What is the final step you should take before publishing a page?
    • When should you report on your marketing campaign performance?
    • Which parts of your organization can benefit from buyer personas?
    • True or false? Lead flows are outbound.
    • True or false? You can set a workflow goal on the main workflows dashboard.
    • True or false? When importing contacts, HubSpot automatically searches for matches with your spreadsheet columns and pairs your existing properties, such as first name and last name.
    • Where should you consider inserting calls-to-action throughout your blog post?
    • True or False? In a topic cluster, subtopics are usually covered in blog posts.
    • What can you add to a blog post to determine what content will show up on the short form version of that post on your blog’s homepage?
    • _________ workflows will operate once a contact meets the enrollment triggers of that workflow.
    • Keeping your database healthy and up to date should always be a priority so that you can create powerful and ___________.
    • True or false? You can collaborate with your team when drafting a blog post in edit mode.
    • Where can you view data about an individual blog post’s performance in HubSpot?
    • True or false? Marketing automation is ONLY used to automate your marketing actions.
    • ________ software is the foundation for storing all the information you have on the humans you’re connecting and building trust with.
    • Fill in the blank: To get started with adding a buyer persona in HubSpot, look for the __________ on your dashboard.
    • Choose all that apply: Blogging helps your inbound marketing by _____.
    • True or false? Your email channel works with your other conversational channels to help create conversations and experiences with the people you’re connecting with.
    • What is the definition of contact management?
    • True or false? You can import contacts into HubSpot that are opted-out of communication.
    • What is the primary purpose of a topic cluster content strategy?
    • True or false? The Marketing Hub uses shared contact information with the Sales Hub and Service Hub via the CRM contacts database.
    • When drafting an email, why would you enable a web version of your email?
    • True or false? The more completely you use the Marketing Hub, the better the individual tools can help you.
    • Which of the following should you do before setting new KPI goals?
    • What is a pop-up form?
    • True or false? You can test your marketing emails in different email clients from within the email editor.
    • True or false? The more completely you use the Marketing Hub, the better the individual tools can help you.
    • Which of the following metrics are marketing teams NOT likely to report on?
    • What were the original stages of the inbound marketing methodology?
    • True or false? Pop-up forms are outbound.
    • The analyze tab for your marketing emails is most commonly used to __________.
    • Which of the following options reflects the correct sequence for establishing goals with your team?
    • There are three types of workflows you can create in HubSpot. What are they?
    • True or false? A list and a report in HubSpot accomplish the same actions and goals.
    • True or false? Common uses for active lists include sending unique marketing emails based on each contact’s behavior and properties.
    • _______________ is the software that exists with the goal of automating your marketing actions.
    • A(n) _______ list can help you gain an understanding of contacts who met a certain criteria on a particular date. Then you can look back at that list later and see contacts who may no longer meet the criteria.
    • Quickly viewing a segment of your database right from the contacts, companies, deals, or tickets dashboard is an example of which type of segment?
    • Marketing Hub users will frequently use which of the following menus in HubSpot?
    • What are the three ways you can add recipients to your marketing emails?
  • HubSpot Reporting Certificate Answers
    • When would you build a dashboard with the Z-shaped reading pattern in mind?
    • What role does the hero play in your storytelling with data?
    • What is the purpose of a multi-touch revenue attribution report in HubSpot?
    • Fill in the blank: Data literacy is the ability to __________.
    • Proving a case with data consists of which of the following parts? Select all that apply.
    • What does your business do in the attract stage of the inbound methodology?
    • What is another name for negative feedback loops?
    • When using pyramid goals, it’s important to have omissions because they:
    • Fill in the blank: If you create a psychologically-safe working environment at your organization, team members are more likely to __________.
    • In an A/B test, what are you testing?
    • True or false? HubSpot invented the flywheel.
    • True or False? Word-of-mouth is not a good channel for small to medium-sized businesses to invest in.
    • What is sales enablement? (Duplicate 2)
    • How do effective goals differ from efficient goals?
    • What is the curse of knowledge bias?
    • If a contact has the original source of “offline sources” in HubSpot, that means the contact was first added to your database through:
    • When you need to see small or incremental changes in your data over time, what is the best chart to use?
    • What happens during operational planning?
    • Fill in the blank: Competitive intelligence is ________.
    • Fill in the blank: ______ enables companies to identify new business opportunities, predict future trends, and optimize current operational efforts.
    • Which of the following behaviors from sales reps could lead to steep drop-offs between deal stages? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: UTM parameters _____________.
    • When would you build a dashboard with the F-shaped reading pattern in mind?
    • Customer loyalty surveys in HubSpot track which customer sentiment metric?
    • What are the benefits of running regular tech stack audits? Select all that apply.
    • What are the benefits of running regular tech stack audits? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: SWOT analysis is ________
    • True or false? The create date property on your deal records in HubSpot is auto-populated for you.
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of smarketing meeting is to ___________.
    • What are KPIs?
    • Fill in the blanks: Tail winds are to ________ : as headwinds are to _________.
    • Fill in the blanks: You can analyze the performance of ____, ____, and ____ in the Sales Content Analytics.
    • Fill in the blanks: You can analyze the performance of ____, ____, and ____ in the Sales Content Analytics.
    • What is a cadence?
    • True or false? When designing dashboards, you should design them using a visual hierarchy.
    • True or false? The majority of people are willing to continue communications with a brand, even if they receive irrelevant promotions.
    • Fill in the blank: When making data-driven decisions, objectives are statements ________.
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of the HubSpot reports library is to help you: ___________.
    • Which of the following are steps you can take to start to align your customer service and marketing teams? Select all that apply.
    • If a contact has the original source of referrals in HubSpot, that means the contact first accessed your site from:
    • What type of data do analytics platforms like HubSpot log where visitors are coming from?
    • If you still don’t know the type of information your team or stakeholders value, what should you do?
    • Which of the following is NOT a step when running a marketing experiment?
    • What negative impact(s) can silos have on your organization? How can silos negatively impact your organization? Select all that apply.
    • Which of the following is an example of a lagging indicator?
    • Why is having a strong sense of purpose important for a business? Select all that apply.
    • Which of the following topics are beneficial to review at a smarketing meeting? Select all that apply.
    • How can managers prevent silos from occurring at an organization?
    • What is the purpose of visualizations when telling a story with data? Select all that apply.
    • What data do entrances show?
    • Fill in the blank: A data silo is when a group of raw data is __________.
    • Which of the following are elements you can add to your presentation to make your data story more relatable? Select all that apply.
    • What is reporting?
    • SMART goals are:
    • Which customer sentiment metric is the strongest predictor of future purchase behavior?
    • Fill in the blank: A service level agreement (SLA) is an agreement between __________.
    • True or false? It is possible for non-SaaS companies to track renewal rate.
    • Fill in the blank: HubSpot counts a page view every time:___________.
    • Customer satisfaction surveys in HubSpot track which customer sentiment metric?
    • What happens in the delight stage of the inbound methodology?
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of the HubSpot analytics tools is to: ___________.
    • Which of the following are inputs you could use for your customer health score? Select all that apply.
    • Clean data is ____________. (Select all that apply)
    • The Golden Circle is a framework invented by Simon Sinek that helps organizations:
    • If 90–100% of your salespeople are hitting quota, you should look into your metrics. Which of the following may be a reason for such high quota results?
    • Fill in the blank: Exit rate shows the percentage of sessions _________.
    • Fill in the blank: The silo mentality is ___________.
    • Which tools are NOT part of the HubSpot reporting suite?
    • True or false? When presenting your data on a bar chart, it’s effective to alter your axes so your audience only needs to see the necessary information.
    • Fill in the blank: Growth hacking is the process of __________.
    • What is backwards planning?
    • True or false? When designing a dashboard, you need to put all your data in one place, so you can see each nugget of information you’ve uncovered.
    • How is dashboard building like gold panning?
    • How do you calculate customer lifetime value?
    • What are some common pitfalls with presenting data in a slide deck? Select all that apply.
    • Which of the following are some best practices to consider when writing your data story? Select all that apply.
    • True or false? Correlation does not equal causation.
    • What is data visualization?
    • Fill in the blank: Data cleansing is the process__________.
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of funnel reports is to analyze:___________.
    • What is a tech stack?
    • Fill in the blank: If a person already has their mind made up and they are only paying attention to the data that supports this decision, this is an example of __________ bias.
    • Good stories share which five characteristics?
    • What are blink tests used for?
    • Why are leading indicators considered “manageable” metrics?
    • When would you use a contact create attribution report?
    • What are the disadvantages to using pie charts? Select all that apply.
    • What are the long-term effects of bad data? Select all that apply.
    • Which HubSpot reporting tools would help you best analyze the performance of your HubSpot pages and blog posts over time?
    • What are the advantages to native integrations? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: The cognitive load theory states that __________.
    • Which of the following are examples of revenue metrics? Select all that apply.
    • What do sessions track?
    • What happens in the engage stage of the inbound methodology?
    • When a contact has an original source of “other campaigns” in HubSpot, that means the contact first accessed your site through:
    • True or false? The majority of people are willing to continue communications with a brand, even if they receive irrelevant promotions.
    • Scenario: You’ve been tasked with debriefing your marketing team on the results of the latest advertising campaign. Your primary goals were to generate new leads and customers for the business. What reporting tools would best help you find the
    • Fill in the blank: Objects are _____________.
    • On average, how many apps do mid-sized businesses use?
    • What is the HubSpot Solutions Partner Program?
    • What is the HubSpot App Marketplace?
    • What are the two factors you must consider when having a developer build a custom integration? Select all that apply.
    • True or false? You can test both large and small elements in your marketing with A/B testing.
    • What are the best ways to find out more about APIs and their potential use cases? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: An iPaaS solution is a __________.
    • Which of the following is an example of a leading indicator?
    • What are APIs?
    • A/B testing is available in which HubSpot tools? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: A positive feedback loop describes the process of __________.
    • Fill in the blank: Integrations are ___________.
  • Social media marketing certification answers
    • What is the main benefit of using animated GIFs in social content?
    • True or false? Social media helps people feel INFORMED by helping them learn new things, stay up to date on topics that matter to them, and discover new ideas and trends.
    • The _________ stage focuses on creating message maps and listening protocols on social media.
    • Why should you be careful about monitoring competitors?
    • Why do stakeholders matter as you begin to develop your team structure?
    • True or False? The Holistic model is the most common social team structure used by organizations today.
    • What should you do to secure executive buy-in if you’re starting a social media project and don’t have a past campaign to use as a benchmark?
    • Which of the following social media expenses do you want to track so you can calculate ROI on your marketing campaigns? Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? Asking for reviews is something you should never do in social media.
    • True or false? The world has changed and so has how we think about inbound, which is why advertising should be considered part of your marketing playbook.
    • True or false? One-to-one engagement doesn’t result in customers spending more.
    • What is one of the major benefits of Facebook Lead Ads?
    • Why are UTM parameters so valuable to your social listening and monitoring program?
    • True or false? Selling to prospects by messaging them on Facebook could be seen as invading their private space.
    • True or false? Social listening can help you find leads.
    • Why should you talk directly with your social followers and prospects?
    • How can social media listening increase customer advocacy?
    • How much of the buyer’s journey is digital?
    • What’s the difference between social listening and social monitoring?
    • Which of these KPIs demonstrate engagement? Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? Your campaign should also help the influencer build authority and further their own content or reach.
    • Which of the below is NOT one of the three factors determining how an influencer can impact behavior?
    • Which KPI is most likely to be a vanity metric?
    • On which social network should you share content most frequently?
    • True or false? You should make sure experimentation is ingrained in your strategic plan.
    • There are many benefits to having a social media strategy. Which answer is NOT one of them?
    • hubspot exam answers, hubspot academy, hubspot certification, hubspot academy courses, hubspot free courses, hubspot academy certifications, hubspot certification answers, hubspot free certification, best hubspot certifications, hubspot courses
    • True or false? Evaluating the team dynamics and how each member did in the crisis along with analyzing the reactions, KPIs, and overall response to the crisis happens during the response stage.
    • True or false? A channel takeover, such as letting an influencer run your Instagram or Twitter handle for a day, is a good idea for brands.
    • Let’s say you conduct a content audit on your competitors and see that they’re having success with live video, but you haven’t really tried live video yet. What might you do?
    • The number of leads you generate that actually become paying customers is known as your ________.
    • You bid $5.00 on a click on your Facebook ad. The next highest bidder only pays $3.00 to target an ad at the exact same audience. How much will Facebook make you pay to win the bid?
    • An ad for your upcoming webinar on network security should lead people directly to ___________.
    • Which of the following would not contribute to ad fatigue?
    • True or false? It’s always better to target your ads towards as broad a group of people as possible.
    • In what stage of the buyer’s journey would an advertisement for a free trial of your product be most appropriate?
    • Fill in the blank: “Facebook Ads is great for targeting based on _______, while Google Ads targets based on your audience’s ________.
    • What is a social media audit?
    • True or false? It’s necessary to conduct a social media audit every 2–3 years.
    • Which of the following is NOT a type of influencer?
    • Which one of the following is NOT a way that UGC can help marketers?
    • What did fashion brand Burberry do to revolutionize how marketers use social media?
    • True or false? If you’re posting the same content across different channels, make sure you post them simultaneously—on the same days and at the same times.
    • What do we mean when we say you should post an “80/20 mix” on social media?
    • Posting curated content on social shows your audience you’re committed to:
    • When should a salesperson put forth the sales pitch in social media?
    • Why is content moderation important for user-generated campaigns?
    • Do brands have legal ownership over content that users generate about their brand?
    • True or false? Canned messages are a quick and easy way to reach a wide audience in social media to find the right prospects.
    • True or false? “Earned” media is exposure your brand has paid for, e.g., advertising or promotions.
    • True or false? Evaluating the team dynamics and how each member did in the crisis along with analyzing the reactions, KPIs, and overall response to the crisis happens during the response stage.
    • What is social selling the inbound way?
    • What is NOT an example of a social media crisis?
    • Why is user-generated content (UGC) so important? Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? It’s not a good policy to delete all negative comments.
    • What’s the first step organizations and brands need to take when establishing a social media policy?
    • True or false? When you use language in your social responses that is too casual, you lose the respect of your audience.
    • A(n) ________ outlines guidelines and best practices for employees to follow on social media.
    • What is NOT a way that a brand can see financial gain from doing social customer service?
    • True or False? To implement an effective social media strategy, you have to be aware of the legal challenges, not ethical ones.
    • Which type of influencer might be primarily behind the scenes in your marketing campaign?
    • Why should you trust the influencer and give them creative license?
    • True or false? When measuring your social media ROI, you calculate the effectiveness of an action by dividing the net income by the cost of this action and multiplying it by 100.
    • True or false? Commissions for celebrity influencers are generally 5% of the sale.
    • What is a Social Media Service Level Agreement (SLA)?
    • You’re starting a project and don’t have a past campaign to use as a benchmark. How can you secure executive buy-in?
    • Why do you need to use leading indicators of revenue success when calculating ROI on your social media strategy?
    • True or false? 12% of people generate 70% of the impact online.
    • Which one of the below choices is NOT a reason you should be measuring your social media ROI?
    • Voice refers to:
    • True or false? Humanizing your brand gives you a competitive edge because people like making connections, and they like to invest their time and money in people they can relate to.
    • Let’s say you conduct a content audit on your competitors and see that they’re having success with live video, but you haven’t really tried live video yet. What might you do?
    • “Real-time marketing” refers to:
    • True or false? Curating content means publishing someone else’s content as if it were your own.
    • Which of the following is NOT an example of active language you should use on a call-to-action?
    • Visual images are usually things like ________. Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? The longer your social posts, the more likely that content will be seen and re-shared.
    • True or false? Jumping onto an unrelated hashtag to promote your material is spammy.
    • When developing your brand’s tone, _______ is key.
    • Why are hashtags helpful?
    • Fill in the blank: Instagram stories are a great way to _____________.
    • True or false? Social Content is only used during the attract and delight stages of the inbound methodology.
    • What should you do if your competitor has a big public blunder?
    • Why do you need to develop a business case for a new social monitoring technology?
    • How can social media monitoring inform your sales and product teams?
    • When it comes to social listening, how do you know which social networks to start with?
    • True or False? You should revisit your KPIs every 18 months.
    • Which of the following is NOT a benefit of having a social media strategy?
    • Which of the below is not one of the five types of social media models?
    • What is the biggest challenge that most social media practitioners have?
    • True or False? In social media, a service level agreement (SLA) refers to how much time passes between when a customer reaches out and when the company responds.
    • True or false? Simon Sinek says that people want to buy what you have. They don’t care about what you believe.
    • What do senior leaders care about when it comes to your social media plan? Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? The best way to choose the right social media tool is to think about your business goals, then narrow down your choices based on that goal criteria.
    • Why would you want a service to help you manage and discover influence?
    • True or false? A buyer persona is as important as business objectives when developing a social media strategy.
    • Which network has the longest life for a piece of content?
    • True or false: Ephemeral stories are quick bits of content, both video and photo, often with fun filters and “stickers” that disappear after a short period of time (1-24 hours).
  • Inbound marketing certification answers
    • Why is goal setting important to inbound marketing?
    • Conversion optimization is.
    • What is an example of a great value offer?
    • The five fundamentals of inbound marketing are:
    • What does the acronym SMART stand for in SMART goals?
    • All of the following elements will help readers easily digest the content of a blog post EXCEPT:
    • Where might you consider placing links to your social media channels?
    • Why would you want to conduct a social media audit? Choose all that apply.
    • What are the three stages of the buyer’s journey?
    • Which of the following would be the most appropriate call-to-action to place at the bottom of an awareness-stage blog post?
    • Each example below is a great way to prevent too much distraction in your conversion path EXCEPT:
    • Fill in the blank: __________ visually represents users’ clicks, taps, and scrolling behavior so that you can understand what users want, care about, and interact with on your site.
    • What are some reasons to have a Facebook business page rather than a personal page? Choose all that apply.
    • Which of the following questions can help you determine which channel is right for you?
    • When creating a blog title, why do the number of characters in the title matter?
    • Fill in the blank: Contact management is a __________.
    • Fill in the blank: Contact management is a __________.
    • Fill in the blank: If lead nurturing is the content, then segmentation is __________.
    • Fill in the blank: If lead nurturing is the content, then segmentation is __________.
    • Marketing automation is a key piece of lead nurturing because it’s how you deliver information. How is marketing automation defined?
    • What is another commonly used term for conversion optimization?
    • True or false? A call-to-action must be a button.
    • What is the definition of a buyer persona?
    • What is SCOPE?
    • You’re tasked with improving the conversion rate on your product and services page over time. You think that changing the page’s copy will positively impact the overall conversion rate. Which of the following is an example of a good hypothesis
    • How long should you let your conversion optimization experiments run (on average)?
    • What are the steps of conversion optimization?
    • What is conversion optimization?
    • True or false? Conversion optimization can positively impact your return on investment.
    • True or false? Conversion optimization is NOT an iterative process.
    • You’re trying to calculate the conversion rate on one of your forms. 600 people visited your landing page, but only 50 visitors submitted the form. What is the conversion rate of your form?
    • What are the steps for creating a conversion path?
    • Define a conversion path.
    • What are SMART goals?
    • What is the difference between reporting and analytics?
    • Each of these examples is a great way to prevent too much distraction in your conversion path EXCEPT:
    • How do you calculate a conversion rate?
    • True or false? An effective conversion path must include a landing page.
    • Fill in the blank: You set out to have 15 of your unengaged leads click a link to a resource article by the end of your month-long workflow. This is an example of a __________.
    • True or False? In relation to reporting, “data out” is data you collect, either by asking for it explicitly or gathering it through analytics implicitly.
    • True or false? You can nurture both your leads and your customers.
    • True or false? In relation to reporting, “data in” is the data you collect, either by asking for it explicitly or gathering it through analytics implicitly.
    • What is shared knowledge?
    • When creating segments for your lead nurturing campaigns, you need to understand who your personas are and where they are in the buyer’s journey allows you to decide what types of content they need. What are the three stages of the buyer’s jour
    • What role does optimization play in your conversational growth strategy?
    • Contact management is an important piece of lead nurturing because it helps you understand the contacts you’re reaching out to. What is the definition of contact management?
    • Which three elements are important to consider when determining if you should start to automate a conversation on your website?
    • What are three key elements that any lead nurturing strategy will need?
    • What are the steps to implementing a conversational growth strategy?
    • If a contact downloads your newsletter titled, “The Best Ways to Create Subject Lines for Email,” what would be the best next step to continue the conversation with this contact?
    • Why are conversations important in an inbound strategy?
    • Lead nurturing is focused on providing value to your leads by offering the information they need at the right time. Which stage of the inbound methodology does lead nurturing primarily occur?
    • What is a conversational growth strategy?
    • What is lead nurturing’s three-pronged approach for delivering helpful content?
    • Where do conversations fit into your inbound marketing strategy?
    • What is the definition of lead nurturing? (Duplicate 2)
    • What is a conversation?
    • True or false? Prospects who follow a company’s social channels are more likely to convert into customers.
    • What is a social media audit?
    • All of the following are metrics you need to track in your social media audit EXCEPT:
    • True or false? It’s necessary to conduct a social media audit every 2–3 years.
    • Fill in the blank: Instagram stories are a great way to _____________.
    • Fill in the blank: If you plan to do real-time marketing, you’ll need to use __________.
    • True or false? Social listening can help you find leads.
    • What is social engagement? (Duplicate 2)
    • What is social engagement?
    • What is social monitoring? (Duplicate 2)
    • What is social monitoring?
    • What is social listening? (Duplicate 2)
    • What is social listening?
    • What is Snapchat’s largest age demographic?
    • On which social network should you share content most frequently?
    • True or false? One of the best uses of Twitter is networking in private groups.
    • There are many benefits to having a social media strategy. Which answer is NOT one of them?
    • True or false? Social media is a key driver for word-of-mouth marketing.
    • True or false? A resource pillar page should only be made up of internal website links.
    • When creating a lead nurturing campaign, there are five steps to providing value to your prospects. The first two steps are setting goals and selecting personas. What are the last three steps for creating an effective lead nurturing campaign?
    • True or false? It’s recommended that you offer the content on a 10x content pillar page as a packaged downloadable resource.
    • Fill in the blank: _________ is Google’s machine-learning artificial intelligence system that interprets people’s searches to find pages that might not have the exact words they searched for.
    • All of the following are helpful ways to promote your pillar pages on your website EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Sprinkling in relevant content offers on your 10x content pillar page can help your buyer personas continue educating themselves through the buyer’s journey.
    • Fill In The Blank: __________ Allows You To Understand What Users Want, Care About, And Interact With On Your Site By Visually Representing Their Clicks, Taps, And Scrolling Behavior.
    • True or false? A customer’s buying journey is ever-evolving. You should make updates as you learn more about your buyer persona.
    • Which of the following is NOT a category you should organize your content audit by?
    • All of the following are examples of a SMART goal EXCEPT:
    • True or false? It’s necessary to conduct a social media audit every 2–3 years.
    • What three criteria should you use when deciding to automate a conversation on your website?
    • When identifying buyer’s journey content for a long-term content strategy, it’s important to focus on content for which stage(s)?
    • Your boss wants a report on the success of your blog. What information should you NOT analyze?
    • What does a content compass helps organize monthly initiatives by?
    • True or false? Marketing only occurs during the Attract stage of the inbound methodology.
    • Situational example: You are tasked with generating twice the amount of qualified leads your company generated last quarter. With your company’s bottom line and return on investment in mind, what’s the most strategic avenue to choose?
    • What area(s) can you experiment with when you’re optimizing a conversion opportunity?
    • What is a contact?
    • You are tasked with generating twice the amount of qualified leads your company generated last quarter. With your company’s bottom line and return on investment in mind, which of the following is the most strategic approach to take?
    • Fill in the blank: a conversion path is the method by which you encourage someone to __________.
  • HubSpot Sales Software Certificate Answers
    • Which of the following statements is TRUE? (HubSpot)
    • What can you use the documents tool for?
    • True or false? When you add a note to a contact record, the content of the note automatically gets emailed to that contact.
    • What is a sequence?
    • All of the following are default reports in HubSpot CRM EXCEPT:
    • When you send a tracked email, you receive a notification every time the email is opened. You can receive these notifications in all of the following ways EXCEPT:
    • You work for a company that has a form where people can request a free consultation. You want to create a list of people in your territory who have submitted this form. Which tool will you need to use to do this?
    • Which of the following is the BEST description of the benefits of using personalization tokens?
    • This morning you were supposed to have a meeting with one of your contacts, but they didn’t show up. You want to send them an email to encourage them to reschedule. Instead of writing the email from scratch, you decide to make an email template
    • Which of the following is FALSE about sales emails?
    • True or false? You should treat all of your contacts as equally important to your sales process.
    • Which of the following is a best practice for email subject lines?
    • True or false? HubSpot Video is part of the quotes tool.
    • Which Sales Hub tool would you use to add your terms of service to a quote?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of keeping your contacts’ Lead Status property up to date?
    • True or false? When you change the displayed properties in the “About” section of a contact record, that change automatically carries through to all contact records in the CRM.
    • How can you find all of the contacts who don’t have a value in a particular property?
    • Which Sales Hub tool would you use to send a quote to a prospect?
    • If you’re enrolling a contact into a sequence and you see a warning that you’ve reached your emailing limit, what do you need to do?
    • What is a task queue?
    • You can do all of the following with the meetings tool EXCEPT:
    • Which Sales Hub tool would you use to add products to a deal?
    • Your marketing team wants to add lead flows and messages to your company’s website. Where should each tool be used?
    • True or false? Changing the properties listed on one contact record will change the way properties are listed on every contact property you view.
    • Email templates in HubSpot Sales must have all of the following EXCEPT:
    • Fill in the blanks: Good email templates increase ______ without sacrificing _____.
    • How can you share saved filters with other team members?
    • What information shows on the timeline of a company record?
    • Which of the following is NOT a recommended best practice for the messages tool?
    • Which of the following Sales Hub tiers have access to workflows (HubSpot’s automation platform)?
    • Which of the following can you do with HubSpot’s mobile app?
    • All of the following tools can be used to capture inbound leads, EXCEPT for:
    • Which of the following is HubSpot’s live chat tool?
    • True or false? Deal information is automatically displayed on the contact timeline.
    • Which of the following is NOT an option with the Slack integration?
    • When writing the body of an email template, it’s important to include all of the following EXCEPT:
    • Where’s the best place to go if you want to ask other HubSpot users the best way to use HubSpot tools?
    • True or false? The best way to define the steps of your sales process is to figure out the actions you have to take to move a sale forward.
    • Where can you see the progress of a deal?
    • There are several ways to create contacts. One way is to create contacts manually. All of the following are also ways to create contacts EXCEPT:
    • If you need a report that isn’t included by default on the sales dashboard, what should you do first?
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you add a personalized closing line? (“Looking forward to talking to a fellow Cubs fan,”)
    • Which of the following is NOT a default contact property in HubSpot CRM?
    • When creating an email template, how would you include the contact’s name in the greeting?
    • You’ve been researching XYZ Inc., and you discover that someone at the company has viewed your pricing page, so you give them a call. You talk to the receptionist, Johnny. You ask who in the company might be investigating your solution. Johnny
    • What are deal stages?
    • How can deals help you prioritize your contacts?
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you add the next steps? (“If you’d still like to talk about this, please let me know the best time to reach you.”)
    • How do chatbots qualify leads?
    • When creating an email template, how would you include the contact’s phone number?
    • Where do your team’s interactions (phone calls, emails, etc.) with contacts appear inside HubSpot CRM?
    • When should you create a deal?
    • Which of the following is a best practice when sending emails as part of your task queue?
    • Email templates use personalization tokens to pull information from CRM properties into your emails, but you should also leave room to personalize every email you send. Why?
    • The buyer–seller relationship has changed dramatically in the past 20 years. This is PRIMARILY because:
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you add a description of the topics the meeting was supposed to cover? (“the trouble you’ve been having with user engagement on your online forums”)
    • True or false? In general, you should use the default options provided in the “Lead status” property.
    • If you don’t have access to the playbooks tool, which free Sales Hub tool would be your best choice for inserting an outline into your call notes?
    • This training has contrasted the traditional way of doing sales with a new way, known as “inbound sales.” Which of the following BEST describes what makes inbound selling different from other sales techniques?
    • True or false? If a lead flow only asks for a visitor’s email address, that’s enough information to create a useful record in the CRM.
    • There are two main differences between forms and lead flows. One is that forms are embedded on the page while lead flows appear on top of the page. What’s another difference?
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you include the time the meeting was scheduled for? (“3 p.m.”)
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you include the contact’s phone number? (“(888) 482-7768”)
    • Which of the following is NOT a required part of an email template?
    • When creating an email template to schedule a meeting with someone, how would you add a description of the topics the meeting was supposed to cover? For example, “I’d love to find a time to dive deeper into [insert topic here].”)
    • You see that a particular company has visted your website several times in the past few days, so you decide to call them. A receptionist answers the phone. Which of the following would be the BEST way to proceed?
    • Which of the following is the easiest way to create a new contact record?
    • True or false? You should treat all of your contacts as equally important to your sales process.
    • What’s the difference between the deal forecast and the deal board?
    • Your team just hired a new sales rep, and you’re coaching them on how to create a good email template. They ask you how to figure out the purpose of a template. What advice should you give them?
    • What’s an ideal customer profile?
    • When creating an email template, how would you add a personalized closing line?
    • When creating an email template to confirm a meeting with someone, how would you include the time the meeting was scheduled for?
    • When creating an email template, how would you add the next steps? For example, “If you’d still like to talk about this, please let me know the best time to reach you.”
    • If you enroll a person in a Sequence, what happens when they respond?
    • In HubSpot CRM, what’s the relationship between contacts and companies?
    • All of the following are true about forms and lead flows EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following is the HubSpot tool that shows you which companies have visited your website?
    • Which of the following is true about an email template’s name?
    • How do you record emails in the CRM if you are NOT using the HubSpot Sales email extension?
    • A playbook can include all of the following EXCEPT:
    • If you send a tracked email to a contact and you get a notification saying they read it, when should you call them?
    • Where’s the best place to go to find help docs and training videos about HubSpot tools?
    • How do you record emails in the CRM if you’re using the HubSpot Sales email extension?
    • What’s the most important deal property?
    • What’s the best way to create an end-of-the-month to-do list?
    • Which of the following is NOT a type of task in HubSpot CRM?
    • When making a call from HubSpot CRM, what’s the best way to take notes during a call?
    • How has the internet changed the relationship between buyers and sellers?
    • Fill in the blank: A ___________ is a record used to track the progress of an individual sale.
    • Which of the following pieces of information would be the BEST fit for a fill-in-the-blank area in an email template?
    • Which of the following is the best description of how to filter records in HubSpot CRM?
    • You can set a due date when you create a task. What happens when the due date arrives?
    • Where can you send a tracked email from?
    • If you’re enrolling a contact into a sequence and you see a warning that an email has low personalization, what happens when you click the warning?
  • Email Marketing Certification
    • What are the two key actions to look at when optimizing each part your email?
    • Having an understanding of what you’re trying to achieve is the most important part of creating high-performing emails. What theme does this correlate to?
    • What does AIDA stand for?
    • By adding the following copy to your email, what are you doing for your contacts? “Thanks for subscribing to my blog. I’m thrilled to have you here! You’ll be receiving updates from me on how to send better emails on a monthly basis, but if you
    • Sending the right email requires tactical aspects. Which of these are tactical aspects of sending the right email?
    • Using the data you have on each of your contacts—such as when they open, click, and convert—and scheduling your emails to send when your contacts are mostly likely to engage with your email is the definition of what?
    • Fill in the blank: Connecting the different stages of the buyer’s journey with the content you’re sending is an example of ____________.
    • What helps to ensure you deliver the right email to the right person?
    • True or false? When you take a specific action on a website around a certain topic, and an email is triggered to you that follows up with additional educational content around that topic, this is an example of sending the right email.
    • You received an email this morning where the content didn’t align with the subject or the context in which you were receiving it. It was a jarring experience for you. What was this email not doing?
    • To help you track the health of your database, you’ll typically want to have a few segments that help you monitor that health. What is one example of a segment to track health?
    • If you have an offer that’s targeted towards your leads in your database and wouldn’t provide as much value to your customers, what could you segment by to send only to your leads?
    • Before emailing any contacts in your database, what question do you need to ask yourself or your team?
    • In an interview with the HubSpot partner Campaign Creators, what did they say is one of the most important parts of their lead nurturing strategy?
    • Each year your contacts database will decay, so to successfully cater to the needs and interests of your contacts, what do you need to begin with?
    • Fill in the blank: Inbound is the happy marriage between___________.
    • You can use your database and contact management strategy to do a few things: see the whole picture of every contact, organize contacts to keep a healthy database at all times, and what else?
    • As an inbound professional you might be sending many different types of emails, even one-to-one communication emails. What will you need to send one-to-many emails?
    • You’re looking to send an email to three different lists of contacts. You’ve created each segmented list based off where those contacts are in their research process with your company. What type of lists have you created?
    • When sending email you can segment contacts by their buyer personas. What is a buyer persona?
    • Segmentation is an important piece of your inbound email marketing strategy. What does segmentation primarily help you do?
    • What does it mean to create an inbound email marketing strategy?
    • When planning an effective lead nurturing campaign, what is the first step that you should take as an inbound professional?
    • How can email marketing fuel your overall inbound strategy?
    • When was the first email sent?
    • When using a significance test calculator, what is the “margin of error” called?
    • Fill in the blank: ________ will give you the number for each email recipient sample size that will help yield conclusive results.
    • How many contacts do you need on your list to run an A/B test?
    • Software with the goal of automating your marketing actions is the definition of what?
    • The significance of segmentation, the power of personalization, and the impact of data-driven analysis are the three pillars of an _________.
    • The number of valid email addresses that accepted your company’s message is the definition of what metric?
    • What is the definition of analysis?
    • Which of the following is NOT a step in creating tests for your marketing emails?
    • Using an A/B test, what can you test with your marketing emails?
    • What is the first question you should ask yourself when testing your marketing emails?
    • Fill in the blank: Consistent analysis helps you discover _________.
    • What is the definition of an email marketing strategy?
    • What is one common cause of low click-through rates?
    • What is graymail?
    • What is the ideal length of an email subject line?
    • Fill in the blank: Return on investment is used in many aspects of your inbound strategy. In your email marketing strategy, it is defined as the overall return your ________.
    • If explicit data is information that is intentionally shared between a contact and a company, what is implicit data?
    • True or false? Analysis is only important in your inbound email marketing strategy.
    • Which of the following is an example of a fundamental (s) of writing effective email copy.
    • Someone on your team hands you a list to send out your newest marketing email to. You have been working on this email for a while, and they said the contacts on this list will appreciate the content. As an inbound professional, you know you can
    • There are three best practices for creating a successful segmentation strategy. Two of them are having a clean and organized database and collecting the right information. What is the third?
    • True or false? The email body copy, the body design/layout, the body images, the CTA, and the email signature are all elements that can affect the open rate of your email.
    • Lead nurturing can be defined as a way to build relationships. While building these relationships, there are key benefits to your business. Lead nurturing will help you build relationships by being the ___________.
    • What does the send metric help you analyze?
    • Your email metrics are your listening device to refine and improve your marketing emails over time. What can your metrics help you track?
    • True or false? You need a web designer to design your marketing emails.
    • What does email delivery refer to?
    • What are the three levels of opt-in?
    • Taking the essential pieces of any email and optimizing each piece to help drive conversions towards your set goal will help you create high-performing emails. What are these essential pieces?
    • There are three key components to sending the right email. Two of them are the right email and the right time. What is the third?
    • Fill in the blank: A ___________ strategy is focused on using a software program to easily store and source a contact’s information, including their name, contact history, email information, and more.
    • What are the three ways to look at your contacts list through?
    • True or false? Trust is not a factor of your lead nurturing strategy.
    • What is the definition of lead nurturing?
    • When deciding to run an A/B test, your team discusses the length of time you want to run your test for. What should you and your team do to define the time range?
    • True or false? You need a dedicated A/B testing tool to run your A/B tests.
    • True or false? If you cannot determine the source of your contacts, you have verifiable permission to send them.
    • In the email world, consent can be defined as any time you collect verifiable permission from an email recipient to send them email. What is one way you can collect consent?
    • True or false? On average, for every dollar spent on email, it has consistently produced anywhere from a $40-44 return.
    • Fill in the blank: The snippet of copy that’s pulled in from the body of your email is the _________.
    • Fill in the blank: Words like “free” or “percent off” will not only trigger spam filters for your email, but will also ___________
    • Fill in the blank: In the _________ stage of the buyer’s journey, the potential buyer has defined their problem and is actively researching different solutions.
    • When sending the right email, there are three key things you’ll need to understand: why you are sending that email, your goal, and the value you’re delivering to the person on the other end of the send. This gives you the foundation to ________
    • Fill in the blank: In your email marketing strategy, CATS refers to “the right content to the right audience ______________.”
    • True or false? You want to strive for a very little drop off between the number of people you sent to and the number of people you were able to successfully deliver to.
    • Fill in the blank: Without ________ for your emails, you won’t know if your emails are successful or not.
    • True or false? Creating a consistent learning experience is a step in outlining the design of your marketing emails.
    • When creating your overall lead nurturing strategy, what is something you want to keep in mind and make a part of your strategy?
    • There are three types of metrics you want to analyze and track. Two of them are individual email metrics and whole marketing channel metrics. What is the third?
    • A lead views a specific page on your website, say, your case study page. You then send targeted follow-up content like one of your more popular case studies. This is an example of what type of email?
    • True or false? Your email outline is the actual template you’ll use for every email.
    • What is the the last step of running effective lead nurturing campaigns?
    • What is the average width of an email?
    • A computer program that allows you to access and manage your email is the definition of what?
    • True or false? Email deliverability is the measurement and understanding of how successful a sender is at getting their marketing email into people’s inboxes.
    • When looking to send email to your contacts you need to collect what _______ to help build the trust you need to create lasting relationships with your contacts.
    • What are the two buckets that your post-send metrics fall into?
    • True or false? This an example of timeliness within lead nurturing: “A contact downloads a piece of content on ‘The Best Ways to Create Subject Lines for Email Newsletters.’ You and your company send a follow-up piece of content that builds off
    • email marketing certification, hubspot email marketing, hubspot email marketing certification answers, hubspot email marketing answers, email marketing course,hubspot academy, hubspot exam answers, hubspot academy, hubspot certification, hubspo
    • When sending emails and setting goals, you want to go beyond checkpoints of activities for your goals. What are examples of checkpoints of activity?
    • True or false? Are there three levels of opting in types?
    • Through sources, permissions, and expectations, you’re taking a close look at the contacts lists that you’re sending email to. This will help you ______.
    • What is the definition of email deliverability?
    • You have one goal for your email, and your CTA should drive the reader toward that goal. In addition to your CTA button, how else can you link to your CTA?
    • What is the ideal length of a subject line?
    • What is the definition of a conversion?
  • Content Marketing Certification
    • Fill in the blank: To keep your content calendar agile, it shouldn’t extend more than ___________.
    • Fill in the blank: A content compass helps organize monthly initiatives by ____________.
    • Which of the following is NOT a category you should organize your content audit by?
    • How can you uncover your buyer personas’ reading habits?
    • You’re a content creator for an automobile dealership. You’re looking for some inspiration to help generate new content ideas for an upcoming holiday promotion. What source might you find valuable and be inspired by?
    • True or false? When identifying raw material for generating ideas, it’s best to stick with a specific area of focus. This way you can become an expert in generating ideas in this field.
    • Fill in the blank: When you tell a story and the character is your audience, you should tell the story with a ___________.
    • True or false? You need conflict to tell an impactful story.
    • Your boss has tasked you with writing a company story that will help make them stand out from their competitors. Keeping this in mind, what’s the most effective question you should start with?
    • Fill in the blank: __________ is when you help guide your prospects through purchasing your products or services.
    • Fill in the blank: A shortcut to improving your SEO is to ____________.
    • True or false? When instilling a growth mindset within your organization, it’s more important to receive buy-in from the customer support team than the products and services team.
    • Fill in the blank: The goal of a marketing test is to _____________.
    • True or false? If your marketing tests have over a 50% failure rate, then you’ve done something wrong.
    • You’re the Marketing Director for a global financial company. The holidays are approaching and your boss wants to improve the company’s bottom line by 7%. You host a team meeting where the goal is to identify opportunities to test, then assign
    • Fill in the blank: When conducting a test, it should work to uncover _______________.
    • What does the center ring of the bullseye framework represent?
    • Once you’re able to quantify your metrics, what is the next step in developing a growth mindset?
    • One month into a three-month lead generation campaign, it becomes clear your current plan to reach your goal of ten sales qualified leads (SQLs) goal does not look feasible. What option will you present during next week’s meeting with your CEO?
    • Fill in the blank: Understanding your ____________ is the first step to instilling a growth mindset within your organization.
    • Fill in the blank: You had a successful team meeting where you were able to prove the ROI of your content marketing efforts. However, your boss wants more details on the content path that helped close leads into customers. You could do this by
    • Fill in the blank: To effectively tell your business’ story, you need ________________.
    • When examining your attribution report, you notice 85% of your leads that have closed into customers have downloaded your introductory ebook, but your sales team is only closing 1% of leads from social sources. How do you support your Sales tea
    • What does an UTM parameter help you identify?
    • Your boss asks you to report on how your content campaign has contributed to his lead generation goals. What metric do you report on to demonstrate its contribution?
    • Optimizing your content helps improve __________.
    • True or false? SnapChat and Pinterest are examples of platforms that a growth marketer might want to test for their business.
    • To help increase awareness for an upcoming product launch, your manager increases paid promotion funds by 300%. Which channels could you disperse these funds to?
    • Fill in the blank: All of the following are engagement signals that help you understand your content’s effectiveness, except for _______________.
    • You’re analyzing the performance of your social channels and you notice that Facebook consistently outperforms your Twitter and LinkedIn page. What should you do next?
    • True or false? It’s best to determine a few key metrics and stick to them.
    • True or false? To make sure you’re appropriately communicating the value of your content, you should define as many benefits as possible when promoting it. The more the better.
    • You’re in a brainstorming session with your co-workers. You come up with five topics for your ebook, your colleague says that’s all you need. How should you respond?
    • You can measure brand awareness by all of the following, except?
    • Fill in the blank: _______________ helps you group an audience together based on specific criteria from a large list of people.
    • Fill in the blank: A great way to create a comfortable atmosphere for a company brainstorm is to start off with _________.
    • True or false? You should initially spend less time promoting your content than you did creating it, so you can increase your content output.
    • True or false? You should only include a call-to-action on a blog post once the offer is launched.
    • Every content brainstorm needs the following EXCEPT:
    • Fill in the blank: ______________ is used to achieve the best possible content promotion outcome.
    • When republishing your content, how can you make sure the republished post stands out in contrast to your original post in search engine result listings?
    • Fill in the blank: The _________ can help you develop a mission statement that connects with your audience.
    • True or false? You should post the same message across all of your social channels.
    • The following question pertains to the blog post shown below: The above blog post is an example of which type of headline format? (Duplicate Question 1)
    • Which departments does growth marketing support?
    • When is the most effective time to boost content on social media?
    • The following question pertains to the blog post shown below: The below blog post is an example of which type of headline format?
    • Fill in the blank: When creating a headline for your content, you should come up with ___________ different headlines.
    • Which best explains the bullseye framework?
    • True or false? A benefit of organic content promotion is that it allows you to show your content to a highly specific audience.
    • You asked your colleague to provide feedback on a blog post you recently wrote. When they sent you their feedback, they made edits directly in the doc. Is this a best practice for a content editing process?
    • You can use weekly content activities to grow into which type of long-form content offer?
    • What results can you yield by establishing reporting expectations prior to campaign launch?
    • You are trying to turn an ebook into a checklist, which method should you keep in mind when repurposing content?
    • How can a third-party website avoid duplicate content issues with republishing your content?
    • How could this sentence be corrected to cut out fluffy words? “I really just want to go to the store to buy groceries in order to be be prepared for the week.”
    • Fill in the blank: The following sentence is an example of ____________ voice? “The grocery shopping was done by your father.”
    • True or false? When possible, you should try and use extensive vocabulary in your writing.
    • True or false? Effective writers start by filling in the main points of their content and save writing the introduction and conclusion for after they’ve written their piece.
    • The following question pertains to the blog post shown below: The above blog post is an example of which type of headline format? (Duplicate Question 2)
    • What can you do to make a headline more compelling?
    • True or false? If you want to produce great content, then you need to hire an in-house content creator.
    • True or false? Your content creation framework should stay consistent over time.
    • Fill in the blank: The above graphic uses a ___________ to help organize hosted files.
    • How many rounds of edits should content undergo before being finished?
    • All of the following are attributes of a content creation workflow EXCEPT:
    • True or false? A buyer’s journey is ever-evolving. You should make updates as you learn more about your buyer persona.
    • Fill in the blank: When identifying buyer’s journey content for a long-term content strategy, it’s important to focus on content for the ___________ stage(s).
    • When it comes to a long-term content strategy, what is an important buyer persona trait?
    • You just landed your dream job as a content creator at a local startup. It’s your first week and your boss asks you to perform a content audit to get acquainted with the company’s collateral as well as organize it. Where might you start looking
    • All of the following are examples of a SMART goal EXCEPT:
    • True or false? The goal of a braindump is to have everyone structure ideas they’ve put together.
    • Fill in the blank: __________ is when you think of an idea out of nowhere.
    • Joan owns a dog walking business and read a blog post that explained search engines are a great place to generate ideas on what people are searching for. Joan starts off her research by typing in ‘dog walking tip’ to see what insight she can fi
    • True or false? After you digest material it’s best to try and put ideas together immediately.
    • Fill in the blank: This blog post is written from a _____________.
    • True or false? The conflict in this blog article is preventing team burnout.
    • Which of the following is NOT a storytelling best practice?
    • Fill in the blank: The conflict in your content’s story should focus on the ____________.
    • True or false? If prospects can get the answers to their questions and see themselves as characters in your story, they’ll be more likely to purchase from you.
    • You have a top-performing blog post that you want to republish. Which platforms should you republish it to?
    • Every story has these three storytelling elements. What are they?
    • How long should you wait before republishing a piece of content to a new website?
    • What’s the best way to have your business’ story remembered and shared?
    • Which best describes the content marketing and inbound marketing relationship?
    • Which of the following do you need to include in a republished piece of content to maintain SEO authority and attribute value to the appropriate website or author?
    • All of the following are content marketing practices EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Never use acronyms in your writing.
    • True or false? Content marketing is a relatively new practice that became popular in the 1950’s with the boom of advertising firms.
    • Which is true about content and its relationship with the Inbound Methodology?
    • True or false? You should use a consistent naming system to store and easily identify hosted files.
  • HubSpot Sales Enablement Certification Answers
    • You tell your executive team that your company should have a content manager, and they ask, “Can’t someone take that on as a side project?” How should you respond?
    • What’s the sales team’s role in content creation?
    • What is the purpose of smarketing meetings?
    • Fill in the blank: _____ is the glue that holds sales and marketing teams together.
    • What is the difference between work groups and teams?
    • If your service-level agreement requires your marketing team to generate 40 qualified leads each month, how should they deliver those leads?
    • What should the content your sales team uses during the sales process do?
    • True or false? Contacting new leads within five minutes is better than contacting them within 24 hours.
    • What does a sales and marketing service-level agreement (SLA) require sales to do?
    • If the leads your marketing team produces are consistently low quality, which of the following is the BEST way to improve your lead quality?
    • What should you do with the leads in box 1?
    • True or false? If you don’t have enough hand raisers and good-fit, sales-ready leads to keep your sales team busy, your sales reps should find helpful ways to reach out to good-fit leads that aren’t sales ready.
    • Evaluate this hero statement: Groundskeeper, Inc. is a hero to property managers at mid-size property management firms who need to outsource their landscaping so they can focus their attention on taking care of their tenants.
    • How do goals and a vision work together?
    • Evaluate this hero statement: Jepsonite Security Systems is a hero to first-time homeowners who are in the market for a security system.
    • Which of the following is a reason sales and marketing need to be aligned?
    • Which of the following is NOT an element of a hero statement?
    • If your service-level agreement requires your marketing team to produce more leads than they normally do, what is the FIRST thing you should do?
    • True or false? Inbound means creating marketing and sales that people love by providing helpful content and resources that attract people to you.
    • Which of the following best describes the relationship between the interview process for identifying Jobs To Be Done and the interview process for understanding personas?
    • What is an ideal customer profile?
    • Fill in the blanks: You need to figure out your _____ before you can implement a _____.
    • It is important to translate your vision into a revenue goal for all of the following reasons EXCEPT:
    • What is an insights committee?
    • True or false? Marketing and sales should share a single database of customer information.
    • It helps you identify the products you’re indirectly competing with. It helps you identify strategic alliances with products in other industries. It helps you understand why your customers buy from you. All of the above.
    • True or false? Marketing and sales should have separate revenue goals.
    • Which of the following places would be a good place to experiment with video?
    • Which of the following is an example of an edge system?
    • True or false? You should only create video content if you have a high-quality camera and lights.
    • Karen just got home late from work and her kids are hungry. Which of the following BEST describes her job to be done?
    • A vision should be all of the following EXCEPT:
    • In most companies, which department produces the most content?
    • Evaluate this SLA: Marketing will generate 50 leads each month.
    • What does a sales and marketing service-level agreement (SLA) require marketing to do?
    • Which of the following is an example of a core system?
    • How quickly should a member of your sales team be able to find a relevant piece of content to share with one of their leads?
    • Fill in the blank: While buyer personas help you understand who your customer is, Jobs to Be Done helps you understand your customer’s _____.
    • True or false? You need a vision or goals but not both.
    • True or false? If your marketing team is producing a lot of content, a large percentage of it is naturally going to be valuable to the sales team.
    • Evaluate this SLA: Marketing will generate 2,000 qualified leads each month, and sales will contact each lead as soon as possible.
    • Which of the following is NOT a benefit of implementing a sales and marketing service-level agreement (SLA)?
    • All of the following are reasons to implement technology as part of your sales enablement strategy EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following is an example of a ‘call to action’ on a website?
    • What should your sales team do with marketing qualified leads?
    • Which departments should be involved in creating content?
    • After creating your hero statement, you identify a type of person who is interested in your product that you can’t be a hero to. What should you do for these people?
    • Evaluate this hero statement: Super Veggie Juice Co. is a hero to people who want to eat healthy but don’t have the time to cook and eat vegetables.
    • Which of the following is the BEST way to uncover the job that people hire your product to do?
    • Which of the following BEST describes the difference between persona interviews and Jobs to Be Done interviews?
    • How many customers do you need to interview in order to develop a high quality buyer persona?
    • What’s the difference between a vision and a goal?
    • A member of your marketing team wants to send a sales offer to your existing customers. How do you respond?
    • True or false? Content should be a part of every step in your sales process.
    • All of the following are benefits of involving content in your sales process EXCEPT:
    • What does it mean to ask a customer about their “watering holes”?
    • Evaluate this SLA: Marketing will generate five qualified leads each month, and sales will contact each of them within 12 hours.
    • Which of the following BEST describes a sales and marketing service-level agreement (SLA)?
    • You explain the concept of smarketing meetings to your leadership team, and one person asks, “How often do we need to have these meetings?” How do you respond?
    • Why are smarketing meetings an important part of a sales enablement strategy?
    • True or false? If your product can be used to do more than one job, content that talks about all of those jobs will be relevant to your customers.
    • Which of the following is the BEST explanation of what it means to help your customers “fire” their old solution?
    • What is a buyer persona?
    • When asking a customer about their shopping preferences, you want to learn all of the following EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following is NOT part of a sales enablement strategy?
    • After you explain the concept of a judicial branch to your CEO, she says, “Great! I’ll have the sales leadership team make that part of their monthly meeting.” How do you respond?
    • If your website doesn’t have much content to attract visitors, which of the following would be the best content to create first?
    • What should you do with the leads in box 3?
    • Which of the following is NOT part of customer enablement?
    • True or false? You should invest in keeping your technological core in place long-term, but you can experiment with your edge technologies and change them easily.
    • All of the following are ways to involve your sales team in the content creation process EXCEPT:
    • When you ask your customers about their goals and challenges, what are you trying to figure out?
    • Which of the following is the BEST way to ensure your smarketing meetings have a high level of psychological safety?
    • True or false? The judicial branch must be more than one person.
    • True or false? You should create a separate hero statement for each of your personas.
    • What is a judicial branch?
    • What should you do with the leads in box 2?
    • True or false? Some potential customers won’t buy because they don’t know how to fire their old solution.
    • What is the difference between an ideal customer profile and a buyer persona?
    • True or false? Personas can change over time.
    • What is sales enablement? (Duplicate 1)
    • What is the relationship between personas and Jobs to Be Done?
    • If you find yourself with a lot of poor-fit leads, all of the following are good ways to solve this problem EXCEPT :
    • Evaluate this SLA: Marketing will generate 250 qualified leads each month, and sales will convert 50 of those leads into customers.
    • Why should defining your target buyer be part of your sales enablement strategy?
    • Why is inbound an important part of a good sales enablement strategy?
    • True or false? Executive leaders should attend smarketing meetings.
    • What is a hand raiser?
    • If your service-level agreement provides your sales team with more leads than they can handle, what’s the FIRST thing you should do?
    • All of the following are reasons to extend your sales enablement efforts beyond the sale EXCEPT:
    • The internet has changed the power dynamics between buyers and sellers. How does sales enablement help businesses use this change to their advantage?
  • Digital Marketing Course Certification Answer
    • What are the three stages of the buyer’s journey?
    • True or false? The holistic social media team model is common in growing companies. In this model, one team coordinates the approach to managing each social media account in partnership with other groups within the organization.
    • Fill in the blanks: Tail winds are to ________ : as headwinds are to _________.
    • Which KPI is most likely to be a vanity metric?
    • True or false? You should post the same message across all of your social channels.
    • What is the purpose of the delight stage of the inbound methodology?
    • To help increase awareness for an upcoming product launch, your manager increases paid promotion funds by 300%. Which channels could you disperse these funds to?
    • Which of the following is an example of a video in the delight stage?
    • Which of the following is the best practice for optimizing the elements on a web page to reduce page size?
    • When does the engage stage of the inbound methodology begin?
    • All of the following are attributes of a content creation workflow EXCEPT:
    • How could this sentence be corrected to cut out fluffy words? “I really just want to go to the arcade to play games in order to have fun.”
    • True or false? Website performance does not impact visibility on Facebook.
    • What occurs during the attract stage of the inbound methodology?
    • During the decision stage of the buyer’s journey, it’s effective to use which of the following content formats? Select all that apply.
    • All of the following impact a website’s ability to rank on a search engine results page EXCEPT:
    • There are three key components to sending the right email. Two of them are the right email and the right time. What is the third?
    • ___________ characters is the average character length that will appear on a mobile device for your email.
    • True or false? A content offer is something you create and publish in exchange for personal information, like an email address and a name.
    • What does CRM stand for?
    • True or false: You should include either budget information or a time estimate in your content creation plan.
    • What is the benefit of including ad extensions in your search ads?
    • On which social network should you share content most frequently?
    • True or false? You shouldn’t join a competitor’s Facebook Group. Doing so would only help increase their visibility, making it harder for you to create and grow a Facebook Group for your business.
    • Having an understanding of what you’re trying to achieve is the most important part of creating high-performing emails. What theme does this correlate to?
    • Which network has the longest life for a piece of content?
    • Which of the following is NOT an example of paid media?
    • Scenario: Tom is an avid Facebook user. Tom’s friend, Jane, posts a video from a travel-focused company called Get Out, Stay Out, about a new, local hiking trail. In the comments, Jane shares her thoughts and opinions about the trail. The follo
    • If you have a keyword set to broad match, but you want to select specific keywords that must be included in the search query for your ad to be displayed, what would you use?
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to ______ match type will display your ad when the search term contains any or some combination or variations of the words in your keyword, in any order.
    • True or false? Never use acronyms in your writing.
    • To provide a personalized experience to your email reader, which of the following best practices should you employ? Select all that apply.
    • True or false? Adding a string of meaningless numbers to your Instagram username could appear spammy.
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to _____ match type will display your ad if the search term contains the same order of the words, but it can also contain additional words.
    • True or false? When possible, you should try and use extensive vocabulary in your writing.
    • Fill in the blank: The ideal length of an email subject line is _____ characters.
    • True or false? When getting started with a business Instagram account, consider purchasing at least 1,000 followers to make your brand look more credible and acquire followers at a faster rate.
    • What is one benefit of running search ads for brand keywords?
    • How many ad extensions should you include in your search ads?
    • What are the two key actions to look at when optimizing each part of your email?
    • True or false? As buying behavior changes, the inbound philosophy will also evolve.
    • True or false? Effective writers start by filling in the main points of their content and save writing the introduction and conclusion for after they’ve written their piece.
    • Fill in the blank: When creating a headline for your content, you should come up with ___________ different headlines.
    • True or false? If you’re just starting out with paid ads and don’t know exactly how your persona will be searching, move from a narrower search to a broad match.
    • Which of the following places on Instagram can you use a link to click through to your website ? Choose all that apply.
    • Which of these KPIs demonstrate social media ROI? Choose all that apply.
    • When is the most effective time to boost content on social media?
    • True or false? If you want to produce great content, then you need to hire an in-house content creator.
    • True or false? To deliver an ad only to people searching for dress shoes for men, you could modify your broad match keyword to “+men’s dress shoes.”
    • Scenario: A phrase-match keyword for one of your ads is “traveling in Boston.” Which of the following search queries would generate this ad? Choose all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: When performing a social media content audit, begin by looking at all of the content you’ve posted in the last _________.
    • What can you do to make a headline more compelling?
    • True or false? You should use a consistent naming system to store and easily identify hosted files.
    • Your manager tasks you with getting more of your web pages displayed in the featured snippet on a search engine results page. The best way to increase the number of your web pages that appear in featured snippets is by _______?
    • You asked your colleague to provide feedback on a blog post you recently wrote. When they sent you their feedback, they made edits directly in the doc. Is this a best practice for a content editing process?
    • True or false? Your content creation framework should stay consistent over time.
    • True or false? A benefit of organic content promotion is the ability to develop and deliver highly targeted content to consumers who will find the content most relevant.
    • Scenario: An exact-match keyword for one of your ads is “blue women’s t-shirts.” Which of the following search queries would generate this ad? Choose all that apply.
    • True or false? A benefit of organic content promotion is the ability to develop and deliver highly targeted content to consumers who will find the content most relevant.
    • Your manager asks your thoughts on how to increase visibility on the business’s YouTube channel. Which response best aligns with how YouTube’s algorithm works?
    • True or false? Watching three seconds of a YouTube video is considered a view.
    • Fill in the blank: Videos related to __________ moments address company milestones, new product or service features, or other company-related updates.
    • Which of the following is an example of a video in the engage stage?
    • Fill in the blank: The ideal blog post title is _____ characters.
    • In order to include a link in a Story, Instagram requires business accounts to have ____ followers.
    • True or false? To help improve SEO, your URL should match the title of your blog post, word for word.
    • Scenario: Your business is going through a website redesign. The goal of the redesign is to update the look and feel of the website to better represent the brand. Your manager recommends a custom font to help make the content stand out. How sho
    • Fill in the blank: Measuring your website’s authority comes down to assessing the volume and quality of the ____________.
    • Fill in the blank: Once a search engine bot discovers your web page, it _______.
    • True or false? Relevancy directly impacts ranking strength.
    • True or false? You can have more than one key result per objective.
    • All of the following are key places your videos can appear on YouTube EXCEPT:
    • What stage of the buyer’s journey is your audience in if they’re choosing a free trial or consultation?
    • Fill in the blank: When planning the timing of content in a calendar, _______.
    • Scenario: Kyle is in a new role and looking to upskill, so he goes to Google to do some research. He finds a search engine listing that piques his interest and clicks it. He’s taken to a blog post on your site. He reads the post and sees there’
    • The inbound methodology is meant to support which business functions?
    • From top to bottom, what should your search account structure hierarchy look like?
    • True or false: Quality score is an algorithm that scores each of your search ads on spelling and grammar.
    • What symbol would you use to add a negative keyword?
    • What symbol would you use to add a broad match modifier?
    • Fill in the blank: To keep your content calendar agile, it shouldn’t extend more than ___________.
    • Which of the following represents a broad match keyword?
    • Which of the following represents a phrase match keyword?
    • Fill in the blank: ________ refers to how well a document matches a search query.
    • Which of the following factors does YouTube pay attention to as part of its algorithm?
    • Which of the following represents an exact match keyword?
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to _____ match type will display your ad if the search term includes that keyword, or a very close variation.
    • Which of the following is an example of a video in the attract stage?
    • What’s an example of a measurable key result? Choose all that apply.
    • When auditing your social media content, what questions should you be looking to answer? Choose all that apply.
    • What is the difference between a brand keyword and a non-brand keyword?
  • HubSpot Digital Advertising 101 Certification Answers
    • Which metric best helps you convey the value of your advertising strategy?
    • What is the best way to advertise on Instagram?
    • A Facebook lookalike audience is based on:
    • Based on the data below, what is the return on ad spend (ROAS) for the campaign? (Duplicate 2)
    • What is the benefit of advertising in Instagram Explore?
    • Scenario: You want to target an audience that visits popular marketing websites, such as Marketing Land and Ad Age. Which targeting strategy should you use?
    • What’s the difference between first-party cookies and third-party cookies?
    • A Facebook custom audience is based on:
    • Based on the data below, what is the return on ad spend (ROAS) for the campaign? (Duplicate 1)
    • Which ad types are available on social media platforms? Select all that apply.
    • A Facebook core audience is based on:
    • Based on the data below, which is the most effective advertising campaign? (Duplicate 1)
    • What are best practices for optimizing your conversion path? Select all that apply.
    • Scenario: You want to run an A/B test for an ad campaign. Which of the following are examples of what you could experiment with?
    • What is conversion rate optimization (CRO)?
    • In what order should the steps to conduct a marketing experiment be completed?
    • Following the rule of thirds helps you:
    • If you want to know which marketing effort is attracting people to your brand, which attribution model should you use?
    • True or false: The rule of thirds is the process of dividing an image into thirds, using two horizontal lines and two vertical lines, and positioning the most important elements inside the squares the lines create.
    • If your business has a short buying cycle, which attribution model should you use?
    • Fill in the blank: The goal of a commerce ad is to increase _____.
    • A/B testing (split testing) is the process of:
    • Fill in the blank: The goal of a content ad is to increase _____.
    • Fill in the blank: The goal of a concept ad is to increase _____.
    • What enables buyers of digital advertising inventory to manage multiple ad exchanges through one interface?
    • Which of the following ad copy examples follows the best practices for simplifying language?
    • Fill in the blank: Automated bidding is powered by _____.
    • Which of the following is NOT an ad copywriting best practice?
    • What is ad rank?
    • Scenario: You want to target an audience that has previously viewed your product’s pricing page on your website. Which targeting strategy should you use?
    • What is the difference between pixel-based retargeting and list-based retargeting? Select all the apply.
    • With contextual targeting, you could reach people who:
    • Scenario: You work for H.Bloom, a flower delivery company. You are running a paid search ad for the keyword “flower delivery” that directs to the landing page below. The goal of this ad is to drive leads. What would you do to potentially improv
    • What elements should be included in your search ad copy? Select all that apply.
    • With behavioral targeting, you could reach people who:?
    • With demographic targeting, you could reach people who:
    • What symbol would you use to add a negative keyword?
    • What symbol would you use to add a broad match modifier?
    • Fill in the blank: You should use a target CPA bidding strategy when you have _____.
    • Which of the following represents a phrase match keyword?
    • Which of the following represents an exact match keyword?
    • Which of the following is NOT one of the three elements of a marketing mix?
    • What ad tracking method should you use to identify which marketing campaign referred traffic to your website?
    • Fill in the blank: A paid media plan is the bridge between your ______ and your business goal.
    • If you want to exclude your ad from being shown on searches containing a specific keyword, what would you use?
    • Which of the following is an example of a business’s “reasons to believe?”
    • Scenario: You work for a company called PetSpot that sells animal supplies. The best audience to target on social media at the decision stage of the buyer’s journey would be people who:
    • Select all that apply. The problem with early online advertising was that ads were:
    • What enables web publishers and digital out-of-home media owners to manage their advertising inventory?
    • Scenario: You work for a company called PetSpot that sells animal supplies. Which of the following keywords would be the best to use for paid search at the consideration stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • How many ad extensions should you include in your search ads?
    • Which ad creative best practice(s) are displayed in the example below? Select all that apply.
    • Scenario: You work for a company called PetSpot that sells animal supplies. Which of the following audiences would be the best to target on social media at the awareness stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • From top to bottom, what should your search account structure hierarchy look like?
    • True or false: Quality score is an algorithm that scores each of your search ads on spelling and grammar.
    • Fill in the blank: Retargeting an example of _____ targeting.
    • What should your decision stage ads do?
    • Which of the following goals are options available for advertising on Twitter? Select all that apply.
    • Which ad creative best practice(s) are displayed in the example below? Select all the apply.
    • Which of the following is NOT an automated bidding strategy?
    • What should your consideration stage ads do?
    • True or false: An organic marketing strategy is reliant on your followers, while social media advertising allows you to target new audiences.
    • Which of the following represents a broad match keyword?
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to _____ match type will display your ad if the search term contains the same order of the words, but it can also contain additional words.
    • Where should you allocate the majority of your paid media budget?
    • If you have a keyword set to broad match, but you want to select specific keywords that must be included in the search query for your ad to be displayed, what would you use?
    • What should your awareness stage ads do?
    • Scenario: Your business wants to advertise to a local audience. Which targeting strategy should you use?
    • True or false: Digital advertising is a targeted, data-driven advertising strategy for reaching consumers online at every stage of the buyer’s journey.
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to _____ match type will display your ad if the search term contains the same order of the words, but it can also contain additional words.
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to _____ match type will display your ad if the search term includes that keyword, or a very close variation.
    • How often should you evaluate your paid media budget?
    • Which of the following is NOT an ad targeting strategy?
    • Fill in the blank: A keyword set to ______ match type will display your ad when the search term contains any or some combination or variations of the words in your keyword, in any order.
    • What is the difference between a brand keyword and a non-brand keyword?
    • What is one ad type that is unique to Snapchat?
    • Which of the following is NOT a stage in the buyer’s journey?
    • Which of the following metrics does Facebook use to rate the expected performance of your ads? Select all that apply.
    • What can you most easily accomplish by advertising on TikTok?
    • Where do ads appear on YouTube? Select all that apply.
    • Fill in the blank: The difference between digital advertising and organic marketing on social media platforms is that digital advertising is _____ and organic marketing is _____. Select all that apply.
    • What ad tracking method should you use to retarget people on social media who have visited your website?
    • What is one benefit of running search ads for brand keywords?
    • What is an attribution model?
    • What is a benefit of using digital advertising in conjunction with organic marketing efforts? Select all that apply.
  • HubSpot Service Hub Software Certification Answers
    • Scenario: Your boss wants to assess how customers feel after a technician visited their home. Which survey should your boss use?
    • True or false? Each team within your company should have their own customer journey map.
    • True or false? Even if you have different products or services, you should try and keep them on the same customer journey map if the customer journey is similar.
    • Fill in the blank: Creating a customer journey map will help you identify the journey from customer to ______.
    • True or false? You should write new knowledge base articles every day.
    • Intake is how you _____.
    • All of the following are benefits of email support EXCEPT:
    • You want to understand how your customer support team is performing. The best feedback survey to use is:
    • You should include all of the following stages in your customer journey map EXCEPT:
    • Your manager wants to know who your primary persona is. The best feedback survey to use is:
    • All of following are appropriate ways you can encourage folks to fill out your feedback surveys EXCEPT:
    • You should use custom feedback surveys when you want to understand ________.
    • True or false? Customer effort score is measured on a three-point scale.
    • Which of the following is NOT a step when establishing listening posts?
    • If you want to know what your customer thinks about their sales experience, which feedback survey should you use?
    • True or false? You could use an NPS survey to assess overall sentiment of your employees.
    • True or false? A visitor can start a conversation with a chatbot, and then that chatbot can transfer the conversation to a human.
    • How do you calculate NPS?
    • According to the prioritization matrix, customer issues that are high impact and high cost should be prioritized:
    • Fill in the blank: Companies use customer journey maps to build _______ for their customers.
    • How often should a customer effort score survey be used?
    • What is an advocate?
    • When setting up your knowledge base in HubSpot, you need to connect your _______.
    • Which of the following is NOT an example of an advocacy action?
    • Which of the following is NOT a stage in HubSpot’s feedback framework?
    • True or false? Regardless of how long it takes, you should respond to every single customer feedback survey you receive.
    • All of the following are stages of troubleshooting EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Most people prefer using self-service compared to phone support.
    • True or false? Knowledge base articles should be casual, personable, and anecdotal.
    • Fill in the blank: With ticket ________, you are able to edit ticket properties according to which team owns the ticket.
    • You can do all of the following from a ticket record EXCEPT:
    • An example of an intended value milestone is when the customer expected to get her fridge fixed, ________.
    • True or false? Through ticket automation, you can move a ticket from one stage to another based on an email response.
    • Which of the following is NOT an appropriate way to categorize your knowledge base articles?
    • Fill in the blank: A knowledge base is a ______.
    • Which report(s) do yo use to decide which knowledge base articles to write?
    • True or false? You should only ask a customer to become an advocate over the phone.
    • True or false? It’s a best practice to send your NPS survey to customers monthly.
    • Fill in the blank: With HubSpot’s help desk, you can streamline and manage your intake within ______.
    • With ticket ______, you are able to filter down your tickets
    • How often should you revisit your customer journey map to ensure it’s kept up to date?
    • Fill in the blank: The primary goal of a customer journey map is to ______.
    • A help desk does all of the following EXCEPT:
    • True or false? You should only reach out to your detractors.
    • The four key moments to keep in mind when customer journey mapping are: First impression, ___________, intended value, extended value
    • When should you use multiple ticket pipelines?
    • When should you consider using a chatbot?
    • When should a company create multiple customer journey maps?
    • What is a snippet?
    • All of the following are reasons to @ mention someone on a ticket record EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Experiencing lower ticket volume is a good indicator that your knowledge base is working well.
    • Which of the following is a benefit of live chat?
    • The extended value stage is when you _______.
    • With Service Hub, you can complete all of the following tasks EXCEPT:
    • True or false? It’s a good idea to write your knowledge base titles as questions.
    • True or false? Your leadership team should be the ones to create the customer journey map.
    • An example of a customer using self-service is when they:
    • In terms of customer support, what does triage mean?
    • You should use a call-out in a knowledge base article to:
    • In HubSpot, help desk is comprised of all of the following tools EXCEPT:
    • True or false? The only way to move tickets to different stages is manually.
    • How often should you edit your knowledge base articles?
    • In order to assess customer service agent performance, which of the following reports should you look at?
    • True or false? When setting up your Conversations email inbox, you should connect your personal email.
    • An example of an extended value milestone is when a customer:
    • The HubSpot knowledge base tool can do all of the following EXCEPT:
    • Which of the following is a benefit of phone support?
    • True of false? You can edit the NPS question in HubSpot.
    • Fill in the blank: You should use a customer effort score instead of a customer satisfaction survey when you want to understand __________.
    • Fill in the blank: Reach out to your ______ to ask them to complete advocacy actions.
    • True or false? Customer journey maps are only useful for customer-facing individuals.
    • True or false? A knowledge base is a type of self-service.
    • A service level agreement is a(n).
    • Which of the following is an appropriate knowledge base title?
    • Fill in the blank: When creating a customer journey map, you should map out what your customer is ______ and ________.
    • True or false? You should only include four stages in your customer journey map.
    • In terms of a customer journey map, what does intended value refer to?
    • Which of the following is NOT a best practice when creating knowledge base articles?
    • Fill in the blank: When responding to a customer, you should use an email template to______.
    • True or false? Your leadership team should be the ones to create the customer journey map.
  • HubSpot growth-driven design agency certification answers
    • What is the purpose of the “GDD Starter”? package? (Duplicate Question 2)
    • FIll in the blank: Based on the training, the recommended three-person pod consists of a __________.
    • Imagine you have been talking to a prospect at a midsize software-as-a-service company. The website only has three major sections: primary core content, knowledge base, and forum. When talking with the prospect during the sales process, it seem
    • Imagine your entire agency has committed to adopting Growth-Driven Design as it’s core web design strategy. The leadership team is pushing to implement the entire GDD methodology in the next two weeks. Which of the following statements would be
    • Your team is in month fifteen of continuous improvement with a manufacturing company. Your current theme is “Expand”? and you’re team is focusing on building new “Digital Products”? onto their website. Your client is pushing to have your team t
    • Your agency finds that you’re continuously being pulled into implementing updates on the website, leaving no time for proactive continuous improvement. The client is open to learning the skills and tools required to make the updates. However, t
    • According to the training, how should you develop pricing for high-, medium-, and low-impact pages on the launch pad website quote?
    • Imagine your entire agency has committed to adopting Growth-Driven Design as its core web design strategy. The leadership team is pushing to implement the entire GDD methodology in the next two weeks. Which of the following statements would be
    • You’re hosting an exploratory call with a regional trucking company that came to you because it’s interested in a website redesign. Which of the following questions would be best to help set the stage for positioning Growth-Driven Design later
    • What is the purpose of the GDD starter package? (Duplicate Question 1)
    • True or false? Most agencies find success in fully implementing Growth-Driven Design exactly as taught in the certification and implementing everything at once.
    • Imagine you’re working with the CMO at a telecommunications company. The theme for the quarter is “Optimize”? and your team is currently focusing on “personalization”?. In the monthly planning workshop, your client requests your team to create
    • During your weekly retrospective you suggest the idea of adding a step before the initial kickoff workshop: meetings with each stakeholder individually. The agency’s owner pushes back hard, explaining that it would add a great deal of time to t
    • Which of the following best describes why it’s important to involve a strategist from the service team in sales conversations when scoping and pricing a launch pad website?
    • According to the training, what are the three primary ways Growth-Driven Design can have a greater impact on client results than traditional web design?
    • Who is responsible for continuously improving your agency’s Growth-Driven Design process after each retrospective?
    • Which of the following is a great tactic to incorporate into your process to encourage upgrades and cross-selling?
    • True or false – It’s important to incorporate as many “hacks”? and “best practices”? into your website as they have already been proven to work.
    • Which of the following are the two major workshops to host during the strategy stage?
    • Which of the following tactics should be integrated into conversations early and often when talking with clients about their launch pad websites?
    • A daily standup is a ___________ (or less) standing meeting with the _______ to review and update the _________.
    • Which of the following best describes the value of using a Kanban board?
    • A daily standup is a ___________ or less standing meeting with the _______ to review and update the _________.
    • True or false? Building incentives into the service team member’s compensation packages can be a good tactic to help drive upgrades and cross-selling.
    • Imagine you are just finishing the launch pad website for a client. The CEO isn’t sure what will be done in the continuous improvement stage. They request a detailed plan for the remainder of the engagement (six months) on exactly what will be
    • Which of the following is NOT a client service outcome in the launch pad stage?Which of the following is NOT a client service outcome in the launch pad stage?
    • Choose the option below that best summarizes how to develop your pricing and packaging for the strategy stage.
    • Imagine you are a strategist at a Growth-Driven Design agency. Throughout the past few months, you have noticed new clients getting frustrated during the strategy stage because your team has continuously asked questions that clients had already
    • Which of the following best describe the value of using a kanban board?
    • When the strategist is running the planning workshop, which of the following is a great practice to encourage the client to upgrade to a larger engagement package?
    • Which of the following is NOT a client service outcome your service team should work to achieve in the continuous improvement stage?
    • Fill in the blank: When creating your sales pitch and proposal, it’s important to make it clear that you’re selling __________ and __________, not _____________.
    • Which of the following is NOT a way Growth-Driven Design impacts your agency?
    • True or false? Building incentives into service team members’ compensation packages can be a good tactic to drive upgrades and cross-selling.
    • True or False? Your agency should work with only one subcontractor when fulfilling Growth-Driven Design services.
    • Imagine you’re in an agency leadership team meeting discussing how to better manage client cancellations, renewals, and upgrades. The challenge your team is running into is that you’re never sure what the client is planning to do until the last
    • Imagine you’re working on a client’s launch pad website. Three weeks from the proposed launch date, the client comes to you with an idea for a new section of the website they would like to implement for the initial launch. How should the strate
    • True or false? Your agency’s strategist should be included in sales conversations.
    • Imagine you’re in an agency leadership team meeting discussing how to better manage client cancellations, renewals, and upgrades. The challenge is that you’re never sure what the client is planning to do until the last minute. This is causing t
    • Imagine you are on a connect call with a prospect in the manufacturing industry. You discover that the leadership team has historically had a very traditional mindset toward the website and marketing. Knowing this, what will be one key outcome
    • When is the best time to find partners and subcontractors to work with?
    • Imagine you are a strategist at a Growth-Driven Design agency. The last few months you have noticed new clients getting frustrated during the strategy stage because your team continuously asked questions they already reviewed with the sales tea
    • Which of the following is NOT a client service outcome your service team should achieve in the strategy stage?
    • Imagine you’re having an exploratory call with a prospect in the software-as-a-service industry. As you’re explaining the GDD process, the CMO cuts in and explains that they are confused about why there is a need for a launch pad website and co
    • Imagine you’re working with the CMO at a telecommunications company. The theme for the quarter is “optimize,” and your team is currently focusing on personalization. In the monthly planning workshop, your client requests that your team creates
    • Fill in the blank: Based on the training, the recommended pod for implementing Growth-Driven Design consists of ___________.
    • Imagine you’re talking to a prospect in the goals and planning call. You’ve introduced the concepts and high-level GDD process. The prospect seems to be in agreement and is excited about getting started with the launch pad website. As the conve
    • Imagine you’re having an “explore”? call with a prospect in the software as a service industry. As you’re explaining the GDD process, the CMO cuts in and explains he is confused on why there is a need for a launch pad website and continuous imp
    • Which of the following is NOT an effective way to open the eyes of the prospect to the opportunities they are missing out on with their website?
    • You’re hosting an exploratory call with a regional trucking company who came to you interested in a website redesign. Which of the following questions would be best to help set the stage for positioning Growth-Driven Design later in the sales p
    • Imagine you are on a “connect”? call with a prospect in the manufacturing industry. You discover their leadership team has historically taken a very traditional mindset towards the website and their marketing. Knowing this, what will be one key
    • Based on the training, how many good leads will you need to source at the top of your funnel to close your first GDD deal?
    • True or false? It is critical to have a robust, exciting wish list leading up to the renewal conversation.
    • Which of the following is a great example of a cue to look for in potential GDD leads?
    • Why is it important to sell Growth-Driven Design differently?
    • When is the best time to start the renewal conversation? (Duplicate Question 1)
    • Your team is in month 15 of continuous improvement with a manufacturing company. Your current theme is “expand,” and your team is focusing on building new digital products on their website. Your client is pushing to have your team create a new
    • According to the training, what are the three primary ways Growth-Driven Design can impact client results versus traditional web design?
    • True or False? Although it may require adaptations, all companies and websites are a good-fit for Growth-Driven Design?
    • True or false? It’s important to incorporate as many hacks and best practices into your website because they have already been proven to work.
    • Which action best describes how your team should present the science fair action items?
    • Which of the following is NOT part of the new mindset for thinking about a website?
    • During your weekly retrospective, you suggest the idea of adding a step before the initial kickoff workshop: meetings with each stakeholder individually. The agency’s owner pushes back hard, explaining that it would add a great deal of time to
    • True or False? It is critical to have a robust, exciting wishlist leading up to the renewal conversation.
    • Which of the following tactics should be integrated into the conversations early and often when talking with clients about their launch pad websites?
    • What is the minimum recommended length of a Growth-Driven Design engagement?
    • Imagine you’re talking to a prospect during the goals and planning call. You’ve introduced the concepts and high-level GDD process. The prospect seems to be in agreement and is excited about getting started with the launch pad website. As the c
    • When is the best time to start the renewal conversation?
    • Imagine you have been talking to a prospect at the mid-sized software as a service (SaaS) company. Their website only has three major sections: primary core content, knowledge base, and forum. When talking to them in the sales process it seems
    • FIll in the blank: Based on the training, the recommended three person pod consists of a __________.
    • Fill in the blank: The weekly pulse is a ________ sent out _________ designed to keep everyone involved on top of ____________.
    • Imagine your agency specializes in Growth-Driven Design strategy and user experience. You have partnered with another agency to help with the development work on the HubSpot CMS. As a strategist and project manager, which of the following is cr
    • As you build larger packages, which two steps of the sprint cycle should you increase the majority of your effort in?
    • True or false? All companies and websites are a good fit for Growth-Driven Design, though it might need to be adapted.
    • Your team wants to make the transition to Growth-Driven Design. However, your leadership team is worried about selling a service your team has never implemented. Which of the following is NOT a good suggestion for your leadership team?
    • Which of the following best describes the purpose of reporting with Growth-Driven Design clients?
    • Based on the training, which of the following is the most important consideration when building a launch pad website?
  • HubSpot SEO certification Course Answers
    • When building a relationship with the goal of receiving backlinks, what is the first thing you should do?
    • What kind of heading tag should you use for subtitles on a page?
    • True or False? All link-building tactics require building a relationship in order to work.
    • True or False? Adding structured data to a page guarantees that it will appear as a rich snippet in search results.
    • Why would you want to run competitive analyses of keywords?
    • When should you use a robots.txt file?
    • The different types of keywords are:
    • True or False? You should use hyphens, underscores, or spaces between the words in your URLs.
    • True or False? The further away a page is from the homepage, the worse it is for that page’s SEO.
    • Which of these is NOT part of a URL?
    • How do search engines use sitemaps?
    • Choose all that apply. Why are internal links important for SEO?
    • When would it be beneficial to have a different title tag than your heading tag?
    • True or False? Don’t use a page’s URL as your link description.
    • What is the purpose of heading tags?
    • What are the two biggest factors in the mobile user experience of your website?
    • True or False? You should optimize a single page for multiple keywords.
    • What is the purpose of a 301 redirect?
    • Choose all that apply. What does your backlink profile measure?
    • Choose all that apply. Why is it important to have HTTPS for your website?
    • What is a backlink profile?
    • True or False? Backlinks build authority.
    • How many links does it take to rank high in search results?
    • Choose all that apply. How do you determine the authority of a piece of content?
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these factors will affect your SEO strategy?
    • True or False? The same SEO strategy will yield the same results for all websites.
    • True or False? Google doesn’t care about the quality of backlinks, only the quantity.
    • True or False? You should emulate the top-ranking content for your target keyword, but offer unique value.
    • What do you need to balance when doing SEO?
    • Google measures how interesting other people think your content is through ___.
    • What is a pillar page?
    • You’re trying to rank for one of your target topics using a web page that contains a long, canonical piece of written content. However, when you do your research on what’s already ranking for that topic by searching for it on Google, you notice
    • What kind of content is most likely to be organically linked to?
    • What was the purpose of the Google Hummingbird algorithm update?
    • Sam is the marketing director for StyleHub, a clothing boutique. They opened their brick and mortar store last year, but Sam only published the website a month ago and it isn’t receiving much traffic yet. Now, they’re ready to focus on SEO and
    • Dr. Dave Driscoll, a very credible and well respected authority on dentistry, just linked to a blog post that you wrote about how to floss from his website. When Google assesses the authority of your post and recognizes the link from Dr. Drisco
    • True or False? When you make a change to a page, Google immediately crawls it.
    • When performing keyword research, how can you determine which keywords you should create content for?
    • What technical SEO issue can you solve with an SSL certificate?
    • True or False? It is a best practice to make your URLs as long and descriptive as possible.
    • Which of these is an example of a top-level domain?
    • Which of these is a strategy to determine the internal linking structure of a website?
    • How long should your page’s title tag be?
    • Dr. Dave Driscoll, a very credible and well respected authority on dentistry, just linked to a blog post that you wrote about how to floss from his website. When Google assesses the authority of your post and recognizes the link from Dr. Drisco
    • Choose all that apply. What data can you gather about your website from Google Search Console?
    • Why is over-optimizing bad?
    • When should you decide to work with a developer to implement structured data on a page?
    • Jo is a marketer at Papier, a stationery company that does most of their business online. Jo has noticed that Papier is falling behind their competitors in search results and wants to improve their ranking and clickthrough rate. How should Jo g
    • What tool can you use to test for errors in structured data markup?
    • Choose all that apply. Why are meta descriptions important?
    • What is Schema.org?
    • True or False? Structured data is a markup language.
    • Zoe is a digital marketer at a graphic design agency, and she’s been tasked this quarter with improving the firm’s SEO. However, the only guidance she has received from her boss is to get the site to rank higher on Google. In order for Zoe to c
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these are ways to increase your site speed?
    • True or False? Domain authority is a ranking factor in Google’s algorithms.
    • What kind of company would benefit from the site links rich snippet?
    • True or False? Authority directly impacts ranking strength.
    • What are rich results?
    • What is the primary goal of a search engine?
    • Dr. Dave Driscoll, a very credible and well respected authority on dentistry, just linked to a blog post that you wrote about how to floss from his website. When Google assesses the authority of your post and recognizes the link from Dr. Drisco
    • Chris is a marketing manager at The Pet Box, which offers subscription boxes for pet owners. Chris wants to increase traffic to The Pet Box’s main product page. Right now that page ranks on the second page of search results for their target key
    • Choose all that apply. What are the most important things to do when replying to press request alerts?
    • How do you build discovery and relevance for search engines?
    • True or False? No matter what SEO tool you use, the metrics will be exactly the same.
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these are important KPIs to consider for SEO?
    • If you track nothing else for SEO, make sure you track ___.
    • What stage of the buyer’s journey is someone searching for “what is inbound marketing?” likely in?
    • True or False? Google accounts for the majority of searches worldwide.
    • Which of these is an example of a long-tail keyword?
    • True or False? The majority of SERPs include some type of rich results.
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these tactics will help improve your website’s internal linking?
  • HubSpot Growth-driven certification answers
    • Your team is evaluating different content management systems (CMS). Which of the following questions should your team members ask themselves?
    • What is the goal of the “transfer” step in the sprint cycle?
    • True or false? It’s important to leave a certain percentage of flex time in each sprint cycle for implementing updates, maintenance, or CEO-mandated items.
    • Who should choose the team’s theme to focus on, and when will it be announced to the team?
    • True or false? It’s impossible to build a launch pad website for a large, enterprise website.
    • True or false? Your strategist’s (or team leader’s) role is to master the process of uncovering answers from your users and turning those answers into items to build to drive value and business results.
    • Which of the following statements best describes how to think of the website in relation to other departments?
    • Which of the following items could be included on your website wish list?
    • Fill in the blank: The primary goal of the continuous improvement stage is to _______.
    • Which statement best describes why it’s important to run experiments to test the action items your team is building?
    • Why is the “expand” theme important to consider when thinking of the website as a tool for company-wide growth?
    • What is the difference between Growth-Driven Design and conversion rate optimization (CRO)?
    • True or false? The two primary focus areas of the “optimize” theme are conversion rate optimization and personalization.
    • How do you prioritize which wish list items to work on?
    • True or false? You can skip the strategy stage and move right to building the launch pad if you have a senior team member who has been working at the company for a while because they will already know what should be built on the website.
    • Why is the “value” focus area important to complete early on after launching a new launch pad or website initiative?
    • What are the three high-level steps of the user research process?
    • Which statement best defines a launch pad website?
    • Which statement best describes the purpose of the strategy stage?
    • Which focus area is often worked on directly after your new launch pad website goes live?
    • Which of the following statements is NOT an example of a time you need to use qualitative research?
    • Select the definition that best describes the “establish” theme.
    • Imagine your boss asks you, “Why is it important that we launch the launch pad website quickly?” Which of the following statements is the best response?
    • True or false? It’s common to answer a user question by conducting one type of research.
    • Fill in the blank: Growth-Driven Design is a smarter approach to web design that ____________, ____________, and ____________.
    • Each focus area has a specific focus metric associated with it. Which of the following best describes what a focus metric is?
    • Fill in the blanks: A sprint workshop is a _________ where _______ step(s) out of the day-to-day to collaborate and develop a set of _________ that will be ________.
    • Fill in the blank: You’re training a new team member on the research and brainstorming process. Your teammate asks, “Why are the user questions the first step in the research process?” You respond with, “Starting with creating user questions he
    • What is the recommended minimum number of months to stay on a particular theme?
    • Imagine you’re trying to educate your team on the website performance roadmap. How would you best describe what a “theme” is?
    • Fill in the blank: When using Growth-Driven Design, you can experience ______, _______, and ______ compared to traditional web design.
    • The website performance roadmap is a framework structured into a decision tree with three levels. In what order are the three tree levels?
    • What is the website performance roadmap?
    • When evaluating tools to integrate into a Growth-Driven Design tool stack, which of the following is NOT an important functionality consideration?
    • How many sprint cycles should you run on each focus area?
    • How should you evaluate tools for your Growth-Driven Design tool stack?
    • During the continuous improvement stage, what are the steps used in the cycle?
    • What is the goal of the “learn” step in the sprint cycle?
    • Why is it important to have an integrated tool stack that pulls all user data into one centralized place?
    • True or false? A/B or split testing is the only way to validate your hypothesis.
    • Why is it important to wait until the end of the strategy stage to complete the website-specific strategy items?
    • What primary challenge(s) exist with the traditional web design process?
    • Which statement best describes what a buyer persona is?
    • While going through the sprint cycles, where should your team focus all their time and energy?
    • Which statement best describes what a buyer persona is?
    • What is the goal of the “plan” step in the sprint cycle?
    • Imagine your team launched a new website three months ago, before you were hired. The website is performing well, but there’s still opportunity to improve using Growth-Driven Design. Based on this scenario, which is the BEST approach to recomme
    • Imagine your team is reviewing the required work to complete the strategy stage. Upon reviewing, your boss asks, “What is the Jobs to Be Done step?” Which of the following responses would be the best?
    • Imagine while planning your yearly budget, your CEO asks you, “We have many people asking for funding. Why should we invest in continuous improvement? Can’t we just stop at the launch pad website?” What is the best response?
    • When customizing your launch pad acceleration approach, which of the following possible acceleration methods should you NOT use?
    • Which of the following factors is NOT important to determine during the website goals step?
    • Fill in the blank: The continuous improvement stage is a repeatable, _____ process for the team to continuously collect ______, build _______, and generate more momentum as they go.
    • Which of the following technique(s) can be used to increase speed and quality of the new launch pad website?
    • True — this removes bottlenecks, allows your team to move faster, and keeps developers building interesting projects versus spending their time making small updates. True — marketers love to jump into the CSS and API code to adjust and impr
    • What is the difference between a launch pad website and a traditional website?
    • Imagine your CEO says, “Why do we need to use Growth-Driven Design on our website? Don’t we just need it to look better than our competitors?” Which of the following is the best response to your CEO?
    • True or false? The only way to speed up the creation of a launch pad website is to cut out the majority of the content.
    • How many action items should you aim to complete in each sprint cycle?
    • Why is it important to focus on effective content development?
    • True or false? A launch pad website doesn’t contain any content. It’s a functional prototype of what the website will look like when it’s done.
    • Your team and the stakeholders are discussing where to run sprint workshops. In which parts of the GDD process is it common to run a sprint workshop?
    • Which of the following is NOT a good way to speed up the process of building a launch pad website?
    • When is quantitative research a good option for your team to use?
    • Fill in the blank: Running a sprint workshop is time consuming for the team, but it’s worth the time investment because: ___________.
    • Which statement best describes when user research is used during Growth-Driven Design?
    • Imagine you’re reviewing your website’s analytics and notice a large percentage of users exiting the site on the third step of your conversion funnel. The third step of the conversion funnel is the “product comparison page.” You want to review
    • Imagine your launch pad website is now live, and you’re moving into the continuous improvement stage. Which of the following frameworks provides focus to the team, sets clear expectations, and helps track and measure progress?
    • Which of the following statements best describes the goal of a journey map?
    • According to the training, what are the three primary ways Growth-Driven Design can impact client results versus traditional web design?
    • Fill in the blank: ________ are the core elements of the business and website. They act like the beams of a house, the underlying support upon which all other activities should be built.
  • HubSpot Inbound Sales Certification Answers
    • Fill in the blanks: The plan you present during the advise phase of your inbound sales strategy closes the gap between _______ and _______.
    • Which of the following is the BEST way to discuss a prospect’s budget?
    • Here’s an agenda that follows the CGP, TCI, BA framework: 1. Build rapport, recap previous conversations, set agenda. 2. Explore the challenges the prospect has and their plans for overcoming them. 3. Explore their timeline and discuss the cons
    • Here’s a paragraph from a recap email. “You currently have a quote from a moving company for about $5,000, but you would be willing to pay twice that much if it meant ensuring your equipment was moved safely and on time. However, the decision i
    • When using the 1-10 closing technique, what should you do if your prospect gives you number lower than six?
    • What is the purpose of the 1-10 closing technique?
    • Where in your presentation should you present case studies on other companies you’ve worked with?
    • Here’s a paragraph from a recap email. “You mentioned that you need to get into a larger space, but you have a lot of specialized equipment that can’t be moved easily. Your best plan is to hire a moving company, but you’re worried that the equi
    • How do you determine the timeline for closing a deal?
    • You should do all of the following in your sales presentation EXCEPT:
    • How long should the rapport-building part of an exploratory call be?
    • How can you start building rapport before getting on a call?
    • What do you need to do before connecting with someone on social media?
    • How should you begin your sales presentation?
    • All of the following are advantages of using the CGP, TCI, BA framework EXCEPT:
    • If your company doesn’t produce very much content, all of the following are good alternatives EXCEPT:
    • All of the following questions are part of the 1-10 closing technique EXCEPT:
    • Your teammate creates an outreach sequence with 10 steps in it and asks you if you think that’s a good length. How do you respond?
    • If a lead calls you in response to a voicemail you left, what should you do?
    • Fill in the blank: If a prospect says, “If I don’t find a way to solve this problem, I’m going to have to start laying off employees,” that’s an example of a __________.
    • Fill in the blank: If a prospect says, “If I can find a way to fix this, I think we’ll be able to open a second location next year,” that’s an example of a __________.
    • All of the following are examples of social selling EXCEPT:
    • Your teammate is prepping for a sales presentation and they’ve outlined the points they want to cover: 1. Recap of previous discussions 2. Explanation of how other people in similar situations have proceeded 3. Pros and cons of various approach
    • Fill in the Blank: End each email with a ______.
    • Here’s a paragraph from a recap email: “You need to get into your new office space before the end of this quarter. You have aggressive hiring goals for next quarter and if you haven’t relocated into a larger space by then, you won’t be able to
    • Congratulations — you just landed a job selling IT equipment to large corporations! You receive your first inbound lead, and you call the person who submitted it. You quickly realize that this person is a junior employee with no buying authorit
    • What should your outreach messages try to do?
    • What is an inbound lead?
    • You should do all of the following activities during the identify phase of your inbound sales strategy EXCEPT:
    • What does it mean to make your outreach “human”?
    • All of the following are questions to ask while discussing authority EXCEPT:
    • What is the difference between ideal customer profiles and buyer personas?
    • What is the main goal of a presentation?
    • When should you transition to the explore phase?
    • What is a trigger event?
    • Here’s an agenda that follows the CGP, TCI, BA framework: 1. Rapport building, recap, and agenda. 2. The prospect’s goals, the challenges they face in achieving those goals, and their plan for overcoming those challenges. 3. What happens if the
    • All of the following might be included in an ideal customer profile EXCEPT:
    • All of the following are examples of inbound leads EXCEPT:
    • What is the difference between a sales process and an inbound sales strategy?
    • How quickly should you contact inbound leads?
    • True or false? You should only start identifying passive buyers after identifying all of the active buyers.
    • What is a passive buyer?
    • When you identify an active buyer, what stage of the buyer’s journey will they most often be in?
    • What is an active buyer?
    • What is an active buyer?
    • What is the goal of the identify phase of an inbound sales strategy?
    • An inbound sales strategy focuses on identifying people who _________.
    • You should do all of the following activities during the advise phase of your inbound sales strategy EXCEPT:
    • What should a business-to-business salesperson do if their website gets multiple anonymous visits from a single company?
    • You should do all of the following activities during the explore phase of your inbound sales strategy EXCEPT:
    • What is the buyer doing during the awareness stage of their buying journey?
    • All of the following could be a trigger event EXCEPT:
    • You should do all of the following activities during the connect phase of your inbound sales strategy EXCEPT:
    • All of the following are examples of inbound leads EXCEPT:
    • What is your role during the decision stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • What is the buyer doing during the decision stage of their buying journey?
    • What is the difference between a sales process and an inbound sales strategy?
    • How quickly should you contact inbound leads?
    • True or false? You should only start identifying passive buyers after identifying all of the active buyers.
    • What is your role during the consideration stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • When creating an email template in HubSpot Sales, how would you include the contact’s name in the greeting? (“Jean”)
    • What is the buyer doing during the consideration stage of their buying journey?
    • What’s the BEST way to add people from your saved filters into a task queue?
    • What is a passive buyer?
    • What is your role during the awareness stage of the buyer’s journey?
    • Here’s an agenda that follows the CGP, TCI, BA framework: 1. Ask how business is going, review what you’ve already talked about, lay out the plan for this conversation. 2. Ask about their challenges and goals. Discuss their plans. 3. Ask about
    • Fill in the blank: If a prospect says, “I’m thinking about moving into a larger facility,” that’s an example of a __________.
    • When you identify an active buyer, what stage of the buyer’s journey will they most often be in?
    • What does it mean to make your outreach “helpful”?
  • HubSpot Contextual Marketing Certification Answers
    • What do you learn from a content audit?
    • What are the two types of main navigation menu structure?
    • Where do you want to place a navigation menu?
    • When designing your navigation, your primary objective should be to include keywords for search engines.
    • You offer a free trial on your products page. Which of the following would be appropriate wording for the same offer on your blog CTA?
    • Which of the following is NOT a reason to have consistency from page-to-page?
    • At which stage of the Buyer’s Journey is a user most likely to be if she is spending time on your products page?
    • How many common user questions should each page attempt to answer at one time?
    • How can you ensure that the content on your website will be helpful for your users?
    • Which of the following is NOT one of the characteristics a website must have in order to create a good user experience?
    • The most important purpose of a website with a good user experience is:
    • True or false? When segmenting by buyer persona, focus on your newest persona first.
    • True or false? You want to promote a new content offer to customers that visit your Services page. This can be accomplished using smart content.
    • When segmenting by lifecycle stage, what is the first thing to decide?
    • How can you avoid confusing or frightening your visitors when creating contextual marketing?
    • True or false? You must set up a smart list in order to segment users by country.
    • Your customer Nina is returning to your website. Which messaging option would be the most helpful to Nina?
    • True or false? Most contextual marketing strategies are well-suited for refining the default content to align with a particular user segment’s needs.
    • Sam, your boss at ABC Marketing Agency, wants users to feel more connected to your company. Sam suggests: “Add a personalization token to the home page that says ‘Welcome, first name.’ I know that we need personalized content.” How would you re
    • You begin to optimize your website content for search engines and visitors alike. Which stage of the buyer’s journey should this content be for?
    • True or false? A personalization token has a default value set automatically.
    • How can contextual marketing help to make your website more accessible for your visitors?
    • Default content should be optimized for which group above all?
    • In evaluating your company’s blog posts from the past quarter, your boss Sam has identified that the post called “The Top 3 Ways to Improve Your Marketing” as being a top-performing post. Sam wants to add contextual marketing to show different
    • Your colleague wants you to add contextual marketing to the landing page called “50 Copywriting Mistakes to Avoid Checklist.” Which of the following is not an important factor to investigate before adding contextual marketing to the landing pag
    • What are two main reasons to use personalization?
    • Your colleague Shane wants to add contextual marketing to all of your company’s landing pages by the end of this month. You respond by telling Shane that this isn’t a recommended approach because:
    • You’re trying to build out a contextual marketing strategy at your company, but your boss is not seeing the value of it. How do you explain the benefit of personalization?
    • True or false? Personalization tokens work for first-time visitors for known things like their country location.
    • The ABC Marketing Agency has become an international business and you now need a Portuguese version of your website as soon as possible. Your boss Sam asks you to create the second website using smart content. Why is this not the best approach?
    • In order to successfully use personalization, you need to review your contacts database and ensure all of the following EXCEPT:
    • True or false? Dynamic content consists of entirely randomized content.
    • Which of the following is NOT a way that contextual marketing can help to increase conversion rates?
    • In order to begin with contextual marketing, you should determine the opportunities. Where should you start?
    • True or false? You should always start creating a contextual marketing strategy by targeting your buyer personas.
    • When a visitor’s location cannot be determined, which of the following rules is displayed?
    • True or false? You can use custom contact properties you’ve created for forms as personalization tokens.
    • Which is NOT a way to ensure that the results from usability testing are consistently reliable?
    • What kind of users do you want to recruit for usability testing?
    • True or false? “Other campaigns” is a segmentation option used to manually segment contacts.
    • Your colleague Jana would like to add a personalization token to a landing page that offers “10 Tips to Generate More Leads.” She would like to add the Company Name property in order to connect with the user, showing that this ebook would be he
    • Contextual marketing is used in which stage of the Inbound Methodology?
    • Your marketing director at ABC Marketing Agency would like to set up an email campaign that will use personalization to reference a lead’s recent conversion. Is this possible?
    • In order to create a good user experience, simplicity is an important consideration for the website’s appeal.
    • Why is it important to map out the conversion path of a smart CTA for each segment?
    • An automated email that you send has a high click-through rate, but the landing page that it promotes has a low conversion rate. Which element would benefit most from contextual marketing?
    • Fill in the blank: Lifecycle stages allow you to categorize your users by _______.
    • True or false? You can use personalization tokens in email subject lines.
    • How does contextual marketing help you create a good user experience?
    • Which lifecycle stage should the default website content be geared towards?
    • You are evaluating the bounce rate of your overall website traffic and find that users with a social media referral source have a higher bounce rate. Which user experience principle will help to keep social media visitors engaged on your websit
    • How do personalization tokens differ from smart text created in HubSpot?
    • Your colleague Jana is building a campaign around the longtail keyword “landing page optimization services,” which is a service your company provides. What kind of segmentation should you use to add contextual marketing in order to help Jana ha
    • The language of the user’s choice is set by:
    • True or false? Holding interviews with your colleagues and boss is an action to take when redesigning the user experience.
    • When using the context of a user’s mobile device type, which landing page element should be first evaluated for adding contextual marketing?
    • It’s time for your monthly website performance review. Your colleague Jana has pulled the numbers and finds that your homepage has a 70% bounce rate. Is this a good rate?
    • How can you ensure that your website stays visually consistent?
    • All of the following are ways to improve the mobile experience for a website visitor EXCEPT:
    • Jana has offered to conduct a card-sort to help with user testing for your company’s new website. What is Jana hoping to determine with a card-sort?
    • Your colleague Jana wants to add contextual marketing to your organization’s homepage. She wants to target your company’s top buyer persona “Copywriter Charles.” What would you suggest for Jana to do next in planning a contextual marketing stra
    • True or false? You can display content variations to mobile, tablet or desktop users.
    • How is the geography of a visitor on your website determined?
    • Your boss, Sam, has approved for you to conduct a usability test on your company’s website. Your next step is to design the test. All of the following are important for the test’s success EXCEPT:
    • How can you ensure that you’re recruiting the right users for usability testing?
    • Which is NOT a reason to do usability testing?
    • Why is a content audit useful?
  • HubSpot CMS For Marketers Certification Answers
    • When deciding on naming conventions for your CMS assets, what do you need to make sure of?
    • What is the purpose of a sitemap?
    • What is the SEO purpose of adding links throughout your content?
    • True or false? The recommended settings for canonical URLs are enabled by default in the HubSpot CMS and cannot be edited.
    • Where in HubSpot can you go to improve the on-page SEO of a blog post?
    • How do you build relevance and authority for your website?
    • Which tool in HubSpot helps you establish thought leadership in search engines using a topic cluster content strategy?
    • True or False? You can add a featured image to your blog post which will appear in social media posts.
    • What can you add to a blog post to determine what content will show up on the short form version of that post on your blog’s homepage?
    • What is the primary purpose of a topic cluster content strategy?
    • In the HubSpot CMS, where do you go to change a page’s meta description?
    • What is the final step you should take before publishing a page?
    • The purpose of the Contents tab in the page editor is to:
    • True or False? Once you remove a section, row, column, or module from your page you cannot undo it.
    • True or False? In the HubSpot CMS, website pages and landing pages are the same thing.
    • True or False? You need to know CSS to make any style changes to your pages.
    • What is the first question you should ask before you start gathering and analyzing data about your website?
    • On the website shown in this image, what could this business do to improve the user experience of their website? (Duplicate 2)
    • Which of these data points is not tracked on the Performance tab of a blog post?
    • True or False? Your theme is your source of truth for your website’s design.
    • On the website shown in this image, what could this business do to improve the user experience of their website? (Duplicate 1)
    • Where can you view data about an individual blog post’s performance in HubSpot?
    • True or False? Every page must be created using its own unique template.
    • True or False? Using your traffic analytics report, you can see the source of traffic to your website.
    • How can you take advantage of the mere-exposure effect on your website?
    • Where can you find your website and traffic analytics reports in HubSpot?
    • Where can you view all of your downloaded templates and modules?
    • Choose all that apply. Where in HubSpot can you use folders to organize your CMS assets?
    • What is a topic cluster?
    • Choose all that apply. Which methods can you use to research your user’s goals on your website?
    • Why is it important to avoid unnatural repetition of words in your blog post title, meta description, and URL?
    • Fill in the blank: Theme modules are _______.
    • Choose all that apply. What are the different types of templates in the HubSpot CMS?
    • Choose all that apply. At a high level, which metrics should you be tracking about your website performance?
    • How do CMS developers use themes?
    • Which of these is not a recommended best practice for writing blog post titles?
    • Jill is a marketer at The Green Thumb, a plant nursery that delivers plants to your doorstep. Her main buyer persona is young women who want to add greenery to their apartments but don’t know how to properly take care of plants. On The Green Th
    • True or False? A website’s design is solely about looks.
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these pieces of content should be archived and unpublished?
    • Fill in the blank. HubSpot analysis found that the ideal length for blog posts is ____ words.
    • How is a visitor’s country determined for smart content?
    • True or false? The HubSpot CMS includes a standard SSL certificate for your website.
    • Which of these is not a content status in HubSpot?
    • What is the most important thing you can do to ensure your content ranks highly in search engines?
    • Where in the HubSpot CMS can you edit your website’s header and footer?
    • True or False? You can have unlimited smart rules per module.
    • Which of these segments is a good place to start with your personalization efforts?
    • True or False? Adding someone’s name to a page is effective personalization.
    • True or false? You can upload files in bulk into the HubSpot file manager.
    • True or False? If you’re using assets from the marketplace, both the folder structure and names will be determined by the provider.
    • Fill in the blank. Backlinks are links ________.
    • True or False? Every page published in the CMS is created using a template.
    • Choose all that apply. Which of these tools are included for free with CMS Hub?
    • What is a buyer persona? (Duplicate 2)
    • What happens when you clone a landing page in HubSpot?
    • True or False? When building a contact attribution report, the metric you choose will be the information displayed on the y-axis.
    • The purpose of a robots.txt file is to:
    • What tool can you use to segment your contacts database?
    • In the page editor in the HubSpot CMS, pages are organized by:
    • Which of these characteristics is not available to use in smart content?
    • When deciding on naming conventions for your CMS assets, what do you need to make sure of?
    • What is the first-touch attribution model?
    • Choose all that apply. Which of the following should you add to your blog post to generate leads?
    • True or False? You should use a different theme for every page on your website.
    • True or False? You can only use one type of smart rule per module.
    • What are the five key characteristics of a good website user experience?
  • HubSpot Frictionless Sales Certification Answers
    • True or false? When you coach a salesperson, you should spend more time listening than talking.
    • What metrics are most important during the align phase?
    • During the Way Forward step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of the align phase is to align your team with ______.
    • Which of the following is true?
    • During the Reality step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • What metrics are most important during the enable phase?
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of the enable phase is to enable your team to ______.
    • During the Goal step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • What is the relationship between the three phases of the frictionless selling framework?
    • What is a salesperson’s role in executing an inbound strategy?
    • What are the steps of the GROW coaching technique?
    • If sales managers are spending more of their time reporting sales performance than coaching their salespeople, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • True or false? Having reliable sales data is required to create an effective coaching program.
    • Which of the following is true of most sales organizations?
    • If a sales team doesn’t have a good onboarding program for its new hires, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • If a sales team is inconsistent in its quota attainment, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • True or false? Every sales presentation should be personalized for the people you’re presenting it to.
    • If a sales team asks their prospects to make large commitments early on in the sales process, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • What are the phases of the frictionless selling framework?
    • Which of the following is the best agenda for a sales meeting?
    • If a sales team tends to have hostile negotiations with their prospects, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • Which phase of an inbound sales strategy would email, calling, live chat, and the meetings tool most help with?
    • If a sales team’s leads struggle to get in contact with their assigned salesperson, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • True or false? Most sales organizations are doing everything they can to remove friction from their flywheel.
    • In which phase of an inbound sales strategy would a salesperson use a lead qualification framework to discover the buyer’s needs?
    • If a sales team is relying too much on blind outreach, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • When you think about your sales organization as a flywheel, which of the following is the best goal to have?
    • If you already have a sales framework in place, and you decide to implement the frictionless selling framework, what will the relationship of those two frameworks be?
    • How can a film review be used as part of a coaching strategy?
    • True or False? Allowing salespeople to coach each other will distract from their primary responsibility of finding and closing new business.
    • During the Options step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • In which phase of an inbound sales strategy would a salesperson help their leads decide on the best path forward?
    • If a sales team is having trouble keeping all their systems synchronized, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • Which of the following is an example of friction?
    • Which phase of an inbound sales strategy would lead intelligence, lead prioritization, and contact timeline most help with?
    • What are the three stages of Growth-Driven Design?
    • If a sales team is suffering from low lead quality, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • Which phase of the frictionless selling framework does automatic email logging help with?
    • True or false? Generally speaking, business-to-business sales teams are better at providing a convenient experience for their customers than sales teams who sell directly to consumers.
    • Which of the following is a benefit of GROW coaching?
    • When in the buyer’s journey should you try to connect with a buyer?
    • If a sales team is struggling to prioritize their leads, which phase of the frictionless selling framework will be most helpful to them?
    • True or false? Some tasks that can be automated should still be done manually to ensure your salespeople have full control and ownership over them.
    • During the consideration stage of the buyer’s journey, what is the buyer considering?
    • During the awareness stage of the buyer’s journey, what is the buyer becoming aware of?
    • What are the stages of the buyer’s journey?
    • True or false? The majority of buyers consider salespeople trustworthy.
    • Which phase of the frictionless selling framework do email templates and sequences help with?
    • Which of the following is an attribute of a sales team that has a culture of learning?
    • Which of the following is an attribute of a sales team that is well aligned with their buyer?
    • How can pipeline meetings be a coaching opportunity?
    • True or false? Some tasks that can be automated should still be done manually to ensure your salespeople have full control and ownership over them.
    • What two activities should you focus on during the enable phase of the frictionless selling framework?
    • True or false? Your sales team should only be doing things that provide value to your leads.
    • On average, how much of a salesperson’s day is spent selling?
    • What metrics are most important during the transform phase?
    • Which of the following is the most important responsibility of sales managers?
    • Which of the following is an example of force?
    • Which two groups of people does the frictionless selling framework try to provide a more convenient experience for?
    • Fill in the blank: The purpose of the transform phase is to transform ______.
  • HubSpot Sales Management Training Certification for Developing a Successful Modern Sales Team
    • Which of the following is a best practice for onboarding newly hired salespeople?
    • What is the “source of truth” for every sale’s status?
    • True or false? A good sales process has enough flexibility to allow salespeople to adapt to the needs of individual prospects.
    • True or false? Having reliable sales data is required to create an effective coaching program.
    • What are the stages of the buyer’s journey?
    • Which of the following is an example of a formal job story?
    • Fill in the blank: While buyer personas help you understand who your customer is, Jobs to Be Done helps you understand your customer’s _____.
    • Which of the following is a problem with thinking of your business as a funnel? (Duplicate Question 1)
    • Which salesperson would most benefit from a coaching program?
    • Which of the following should be the primary focus of your sales onboarding program?
    • When hiring salespeople, what is the most important thing to look for?
    • True or false? The sales team needs to be using the same hiring process used by other departments.
    • What’s the best way to avoid making bad sales hires?
    • Which of the following is an example of an ineffective coaching technique that should be avoided?
    • What’s the sales manager’s role in the fourth phase of a sales training, when the team applies their new skills in the real world?
    • What’s the sales manager’s role in the third phase of a sales training, when the sales team converts knowledge into behavior?
    • True or false? You can forecast as accurately with an informal sales process as you can with a formal sales process.
    • What’s the sales manager’s role in the second phase of a sales training, when the training is reinforced?
    • Fill in the blanks: Each step of your sales process is a combination of _____ and _____.
    • Fill in the blank: Every step of your sales process needs to be _____.
    • Fill in the blanks: When building a recruiting strategy, building relationships with top sales talent at other companies is _____, while building relationships with high-performing business development reps at other companies is _____.
    • True or false? You need to continually evaluate how well your sales process is working.
    • What are exit criteria?
    • Which of the following is the most important responsibility of a sales leader?
    • When creating interview questions for sales hires, which of the following approaches is a best practice?
    • What format should your sales playbook be in?
    • What is the best way to provide content to your sales team?
    • How can pipeline meetings be a coaching opportunity?
    • During the Options step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • True or false? Combining multiple methodologies causes confusion and low performance.
    • When in the buyer’s journey should you try to connect with a buyer?
    • Which of the following is a problem with thinking of your business as a funnel? (Duplicate Question 2)
    • When choosing a sales methodology, what’s the most important thing to keep in mind?
    • Which of the following is true of most sales organizations?
    • True or false? Making the steps of your sales process buyer-centric can be as simple as changing their names a little bit.
    • During the Reality step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • Which of the following has the biggest impact on potential leads?
    • During the consideration stage of the buyer’s journey, what is the buyer considering?
    • Which of the following should be included in your sales process?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of GROW coaching?
    • During the Goal step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • During the awareness stage of the buyer’s journey, what is the buyer becoming aware of?
    • Which of the following groups is the easiest to sell to?
    • True or false? When you coach a salesperson, you should spend more time listening than talking.
    • What are the steps of the GROW coaching technique?
    • If a highly dedicated salesperson is unable to improve their low sales performance despite coaching efforts, what is your best course of action?
    • A colleague at another company has developed a sales process with four steps in it. They are concerned that the process is too short. What would you tell them?
    • During the Way Forward step of GROW coaching, what is your role as coach?
    • Why is it common for companies to think of themselves in terms of a funnel?
    • How can a film review be used as part of a coaching strategy?
    • In a flywheel business, which of the following is the most important source of new prospects?
    • Which of the following is the BEST way to uncover the job that people hire your product to do?
    • Which of the following is a benefit of using Jobs to Be Done?
    • Fill in the blank: While buyer personas help you understand who your customer is, Jobs to Be Done helps you understand your customer’s _____.
  • HubSpot CMS for Developers Certification Answers
    • Which statement about CSS in modules is TRUE?
    • Which of the following statements about the design manager is NOT true?
    • Which of the following is NOT possible with HubL?
    • Which CMS tool are developers most likely to spend the most time with?
    • Which statement about adding classes to groups is TRUE?
    • Which of the following statements about module fields is TRUE?
    • Which of the following is not included in HubL?
    • Which of the following is NOT an important reason to familiarize yourself with available settings?
    • Which of the following statements about blog templates is NOT true?
    • Which of the following statements about HubL filters is TRUE?
    • Which of the following sets of data would NOT be a good fit for storing in a single HubDB table?
    • Which statement about naming components is FALSE?
    • Which of the following is not an aspect of dynamic pages?
    • Which of the following statements about email templates is NOT true?
    • Which of the following is NOT an aspect of HubDB?
    • True or false? System templates are not published from templates by content editors.
    • Which of the following is NOT available in the file manager?
    • Which type of CMS assets do not require HubL?
    • Which statement about module fields is FALSE?
    • Which of the following CMS tools is used in CAN-SPAM compliance?
    • When creating a drag and drop template, how do you add components?
    • Which statement about template types in the HubSpot CMS is TRUE?
    • Which of the following statements about modules is FALSE?
    • Which of the following statements about accessing HubDB via Javascript is NOT true?
    • Which statement about the “Prevent editing in content editors” option is TRUE?
    • Which of the following statements about blog settings is TRUE?
    • Which CMS tool would you use to find the file size of a PNG?
    • Which data structure does HubL use for storing data in key and value pairs?
    • True or false? HubDB is a good place to store customer data such as credit card numbers.
    • Which statement about adding classes to groups is true?
    • Which of the following statements about navigation items is FALSE?
    • True or false? Page metadata can be populated in the “Settings” section of the page editor.
    • Which of the following HubL and HubDB behaviors should be avoided if possible?
    • Which of the following characters are used to open a HubL statement?
    • Which of the following statements about blog templates is TRUE?
    • True or false? It is not possible to publish an email without a link to at least one email subscription template.
    • Which of the following statements does NOT accurately describe HubL?
    • Which of the following statements about using HubL in blog listing templates is NOT true?
    • Which of the following statements about HubL in modules is TRUE?
    • Which of the following is NOT an important aspect of using HubL?
    • Which of the following statements about HubL and JavaScript is TRUE?
    • Which of the following is NOT a sound strategy for working with HubDB?
    • Which of the following is NOT a system template?
    • Which CMS tool are developers most likely to spend the most time with?
    • Which of the following statements about HubL module syntax is untrue?

• SEMrush Certification Exam Answers

  • SEMrush SEO Toolkit Certification Exam Answers
    • Position Tracking allows users to track a website’s search visibility across multiple devices (desktop, phone and tablet) and locations (down to the ZIP Code level) in one project.
    • To get the most precise and recent data about traffic and user behavior for your website SEO Dashboard allows you to connect Google Analytics and Google Search Console to it.
    • Which tool allows you to compare backlink profiles for more than 6 domains at the same time?
    • Listing Management allows you to manage your business data (like address, phone number, business hours, and payment methods) in different directories at once.
    • Look at the table from the Backlink Gap tool. What do the numbers in the last five columns show?
    • The My Reports Tool allows you to… Choose three answers.
    • Mark the three statements that desсribe the Keyword Difficulty tool’s functionality.
    • The Link Building tool helps users enrich their sites’ backlink profiles. The tool can be integrated with Google Search Console. What will this integration do?
    • Which tool can help you find a way to rank higher for target keywords?
    • SEMrush provides only fresh live data for Domain Analytics.
    • Which issue type reported by the Site Audit tool is most severe?
    • Look at these keyword lists generated by the Keyword Magic Tool. Keywords from which list are more difficult in terms of bypassing your competitors in organic search?
    • Look at the image below. Where should you click to learn about toxic markers of the first backlink in the list?
    • Which SEMrush tool will guide you through the first steps in creating new content for target keywords?
    • Fill in the blanks: To determine which social media channels to spend time on, you should start with a social media audit. Then, you should analyze your competitors’ social media presence. Although you can’t get data on your _______, which is t
    • Position Tracking Visibility is another name for Average Position.
    • Which domain shown in the picture was the most popular worldwide during the specified period?
    • You are going to check your site’s technical health, but you need to exclude a part of your website from the analysis. What is the easiest way to do this with the help of SEMrush?
    • What is the point of the ‘Traffic Cost’ metric in the SEMrush Organic Research Positions Report? What does this metric mean?
    • You cannot compare more than three domains with the help of Keyword Gap.
    • Which tool helps you better understand what’s happening on your website and improve your SEO strategy based on your actual traffic statistics?
    • The Backlink Analytics report helps users compare backlink metrics for several URLs.
    • What does the SEMrush Sensor score refer to?
    • Position Tracking allows users to track a website’s search visibility across multiple devices (desktop, phone and tablet) and locations (down to the ZIP Code level) in one project.
  • SEMrush SMM Fundamentals Certification Exam Answers
    • Which tool provides you with information about your competitors’ paid and organic search, display advertising and backlinks on one page?
    • True or false? Repeatedly publishing blog posts targeting the exact same keywords isn’t a good strategy because all of these blog posts will compete with each other for indexing in search engines.
    • What is the main idea of digital relationship marketing?
    • Why is audience retention in your YouTube analytics important?
    • If you work for a sportswear company, what type of content should you publish in order to strengthen your company’s personal branding?
    • Which of the following ideas for posting on Instagram will help you create a visual voice for your brand? Choose three options.
    • Which strategy do modern companies (especially startups) choose to get their product seen?
    • What type of paid social will give you the possibility to measure ROI?
    • Choose the right statements about hashtags on Instagram. Choose two options.
    • What is the right order of steps in the Deming Circle?
    • What is the name of the content manufacturing process in which you divide a single piece of content into multiple pieces that can be used on various social media channels?
    • Fill in the blank: Employee advocacy works better for ______ companies.
    • Which of the following ways of measuring your social media results we call comparative metrics?
    • What is the recommended number of social media channels to concentrate on for the purpose of A/B testing?
    • Mark the true statement.
    • What can’t be done on Facebook?
    • True or false? You should use KPIs or metrics to determine your social media campaign’s success only if your business goal is sales.
    • True or false? Since salespeople operate from their personal profiles, they can engage and connect with anyone, and they should take advantage of this opportunity to expand their network and expose their company’s content to a larger audience.
    • FiIl in the blank: _______ are the most challenging group of people to work with if you don’t know them personally, but in order to achieve success through social media marketing they are potentially the most rewarding.
    • Which factors will help you to be seen despite the changing social network algorithms of any given social network? Choose four answers.
    • Which social media network has the second highest amount of social media-generated website traffic after Facebook?
    • What is the first step for a business that wants to start a social media program?
    • What should we call an influencer with 543 followers?
    • What statements are true about the content buckets approach? Choose two options.
    • What is the most effective way to send social signals via Twitter and to be noticed by someone whose tweets you share?
    • True or false? Embedding custom pixel to your website helps retarget people who should already have an affinity for you but for some reason have not converted to liking your page or engaging with your content.
    • What can’t be done on Facebook?
  • SEO Toolkit for Advanced SEMrush Users Certification Answers
    • Selecting a specific country in the Organic Traffic Insights filters not only data from the SEMrush database but also from Google Analytics and Google Search Console for that region.
    • What do the “Lists” in the Keyword Manager consist of?
    • You’ve decided to fully reorganize your shop selling rare species of lizard. You’ve changed your address, phone number, business hours, and even payment methods. Up to now, your shop has always been very popular and attracted many customers. No
    • Analyzing the keyword “how to get more Google reviews” under the Top 10 Benchmarking tab in the On Page SEO Checker tool you can see that a Featured Snippet can be triggered by this keyword (see the picture below). But there is no information a
    • Connecting the Link Building Tool with Google Search Console will give you the ability to collect recommendations on the most relevant, important and freshest links for your backlink profile.
    • Which of the following tools will you use in order to display report excerpts from the most valuable and widely used SEMrush SEO tools (like Organic Research, Position Tracking, Site Audit, etc.) for your project on one page?
    • You are the Content Strategist at the Craft Beer Outlet company. You have 10 content specialists working with you. You have a Business account at SEMrush and use SEO Writing Assistant (SWA) Tool and want your employees to use it as well without
    • Your site is selling knitting wool and you want to publish a mitten-knitting guide and use it to attract backlinks in your market. You’ve already found 27 different mitten-knitting guides on the web and now need to find out which of these guide
    • Which of the following SEMrush tools should you use to understand which SERP features are triggered in Google by the keywords you’re targeting?
    • Take a look at the Backlinks report in the Backlink Analytics tool. How would you explain to your client that there are backlinks with New and Lost status at the same time?
    • You want to find out if you need to supplement your SEO with paid ads by finding which of your poorly performing organic keywords can be replaced with paid keywords. What will you do?
    • You want to plot a graph that shows the changes in the number of keywords that won a Featured Snippet throughout the year. Which SEMrush tool should you use and how?
    • By using which report can you carry out a comprehensive inspection/review of your website’s pages in terms of their loading speed?
    • You are interested in knowing if the site is generating revenue. Which of the following Traffic Analytics features would offer the most insight?
    • Integration between Google Analytics and On Page SEO Checker allows you to…
    • What pages can be filtered by the Broken parameter in the Lost&Found report of the Backlink Audit Tool?
    • You and your colleagues have gathered 100 keywords from different sources which seem to be suitable for your website. How can you check the KD, Volume and SERP Features metrics simultaneously for the whole set of keywords?
    • You’re gathering keywords for your corporate blog article with Keyword Magic Tool. You need to see the most recent SERP results to find out if there’s a chance for your domain to make the Google’s top for these keywords. What would you do?
    • In the Site Audit Tool, under the Overview and Progress tabs in the Errors graphs you can see:
    • Which of the following types of Notes can you use with the Domain Overview graphs? Choose 3 answers.
    • Organic Traffic Insights has a quick filter for each page of your site to see which keywords are new for that page or keywords that have lost all rankings as well as winners and losers. This can help you determine which of your pages are gainin
    • Which of the following tools will you use to analyze variability trend of Featured snippet occurrence for the last 30 days?
    • You want to find out what websites are linking to your competitors but not you. Which of the following SEMrush tools can you use?
    • Which factors will help you to be seen despite the changing social network algorithms of any given social network? Choose four answers.
    • How will you benefit from connecting Site Audit to your Google Analytics account? Choose 3 answers. (Duplicate 1)
    • The Site Audit tool can check your website’s AMP pages for syntax errors.
    • How often does SEMrush Sensor report on Google algorithm changes and anomalies?
    • Why should I connect Google Analytics to Backlink Audit?
    • What is the first step for a business that wants to start a social media program?
  • semrush for digital agencies certification answers
    • Which SEMrush tool helps compare the audience size and source traffic of up to 5 websites?
    • Which SEMrush tool provides data about any domain’s market share, audience interests and top domains in a selected business niche?
    • You can connect your clients’ Google Analytics and Search Console accounts to SEMrush to receive more insight and personalized recommendations, and to prioritize your tasks.
    • SEMrush offers its original Google Data Studio connectors, so you can pull data from Position Tracking, Organic Research, Advertising Research, Backlink Analytics and Site Audit into your GDS account.
    • Custom triggers allow you to set up notifications for Position Tracking. For example, you can receive notifications if any of your pages enter the top 5 for the keywords you are tracking.
    • Can you add your own logo to SEMrush PDF reports you create in the My Reports tool?
    • From which sources can you pull data into My Reports? Pick 4 answers.
    • You can assign up to three tags to projects in order to easily filter them.
    • Does SEMrush have an affiliate program that allows agencies to earn more money?
    • You can outsource content writing to SEMrush and order a new article right from the SEO Content Template interface.
    • Which of the following data is NOT available within the Market Explorer tool?
    • Which SEMrush tool will show you the top traffic sources and the top exit destination sites for a website?
    • Which project tools should you set up to manage a client’s SEO campaign? Choose all that apply.
    • You can connect your clients’ Google Analytics and Search Console accounts to SEMrush to receive more insights, personalized recommendations, and prioritize your tasks.
    • A freelance copywriter or a team member without an SEMrush account can leverage checks on plagiarism, readability, tone of voice provided by SEO Writing Assistant simply by accessing a Google Docs template created by an SEMrush user.
    • How can you get access to white-label reports with SEMrush (completely replacing SEMrush branding with your own)? Choose 2 options.
    • The Oppty sales intelligence tool by SEMrush offers a list of local prospects qualified based on the negative search visibility trend, so you can reach out to them with a tailored proposal.
    • Which of the following statements about the Notes tool are true? Pick three answers.
    • Which SEMrush tool allows you to plan out campaigns and other activities and tasks with your team?
    • Which SEMrush tool provides data about any domain’s market share, audience interests and top domains in a determined business niche?
    • Which of the following statements about sharing a project are true? Pick 3 options.
    • Does SEMrush offer data on the online presence of any website — its number of visits, traffic sources, user behavior, most visited pages, etc?
    • You can set deadlines in the SEMrush Marketing Calendar down to the minute.
    • The Oppty sales intelligence tool by SEMrush offers a list of local prospects qualified based on growing marketing spend, so you can reach out to them with a tailored proposal.
    • From which sources can you pull data into My Reports? Pick 3 answers.
    • Which SEMrush tool helps identify the audience sizes of two websites and how similar they are?
    • You can outsource content writing to SEMrush and order a new article right from the interface.
    • Which tool allows you to locate gaps in your client’s organic or paid search strategy, benchmarking them against up to 4 competitors?
    • SEMrush offers multiple connection points to provide even more insights through integration with other data sources. Is Adobe Analytics one of them?
    • A team member without an SEMrush account can easily leverage checks on plagiarism, readability, and tone of voice provided by SEO Writing Assistant by accessing a Google Docs template created by an SEMrush user.
    • If you have a client with a domain that covers multiple languages (or countries), is it possible to set up a single SEMrush project for them?
    • If you want to be able to track your client’s progress over time and manage their online visibility across multiple marketing channels, which is the best option?
    • SEMrush offers its original Google Data Studio connectors, so you can pull data from Position Tracking and Domain Analytics into your GDS account.
    • Which of the following can you do with My Reports PDF report builder? Pick 5 answers.
    • Which of the following features are available within SEMrush Marketing Calendar? Pick 4 answers.
    • Custom triggers allow you to set up notifications, so you can receive an alert in case there are any notable changes in your Position Tracking campaign. E.g. if any keyword enters or leaves the top 3/5/10 positions etc.
    • With SEMrush, you can see the number of visits, traffic sources, user behavior and most visited pages of any website.
    • You can easily migrate from your existing calendar software and transfer your scheduled activities to the SEMrush Marketing Calendar through importing a .ics file.
    • Content Audit is one of the SEMrush Project tools. Pick 3 jobs it can do for you.
    • Which tool allows you to compare multiple domains or various search metrics for a single domain and pick data visualization type?
    • What can you NOT do with the Project list?
    • How can you get access to white-label reports with SEMrush (completely replacing SEMrush branding with your own)? Choose 2 options.
    • Which of the following can you do with the SEMrush Lead Generation tool? Pick 3 options.
    • You can tag your projects to easily sort through them. E.g. to see which ones are on hold, which are assigned to a specific team member, etc.
    • Which SEMrush tool will show you if your client has lost a link?
    • What are the four quadrants Market Explorer uses to map out a website’s industry competitors?
    • The ‘Quick modify’ button in MyReports allows you to make bulk changes to the time range or the domain in the widgets in your report.
    • Which of the following can you do with the My Reports PDF report builder? Pick 5 answers.
    • Which tools would you use to help out a local client? Pick 6 options.
    • What are the options for creating a PDF report within SEMrush? Pick 1 WRONG answers.
    • Can you create your own custom report template and share it with your colleagues?
    • You can easily migrate from your existing calendar software to SEMrush Marketing Calendar and transfer your scheduled activities by importing a .ics file.
    • The ‘Quick modify’ button in my reports allows you to make bulk changes to the widgets in your report (e.g. change the time range or a domain).
    • API (Application Programming Interface) allows you to extract raw data without having to manually log into the software and pull it into another tool / interface of your choice. Please pick one correct statement about SEMrush APIs.
    • The Oppty sales intelligence tool by SEMrush offers a list of local prospects qualified based on:
    • SEMrush offers a free Position Tracking mobile app that allows you to measure the success of your SEO on the go, including ranking fluctuations, visibility and traffic trends, and more.
  • SEMrush content marketing toolkit certification exam answers
    • Look at the list of recommended keywords from the SEO Writing Assistant. Why are some of these keywords highlighted green?
    • Your post They both have equal engagement rates Your competitor’s post They cannot be compared
    • Which metrics are available in the Content Audit report? Choose three answers.
    • Which metrics AREN’T available in the Content Audit report? Choose three answers.
    • What can be done with the help of the Marketing Calendar? Choose three answers.
    • Which two types of notifications can you set up in the Marketing Calendar?
    • When working with the Topic Research tool, you can enter your domain name. What is the purpose of this?
    • You are about to start writing an article and want to get ideas for a chosen topic. You type your keyword in the Topic Research tool’s search bar and select a desired subtopic within the generated report. Which of the following insights would t
    • The Post Tracking tool allows you to monitor the sources of your articles’ backlinks.
    • What are the SEO Content Template Tool’s key recommendations based on?
    • Which SEMrush tools should you use to find the most resonant ideas for your content based on people’s search queries and questions about a specific topic? Choose two answers.
    • Which tool helps you stay informed of changes in your article’s position in Google’s organic search for a chosen keyword?
    • You’ve set up the Social Media Tracker to monitor social media activity. You’ve posted on Facebook five times within the last month. Why does the tool show zero activity on Facebook?
    • The On Page SEO Checker report, as shown in the image below, shows signs of keyword stuffing, based on comparison with your competitors
    • You have written a new article and it was published on several websites. Which SEMrush tool should you use to monitor your article’s exposure?
    • Which metrics does the Social Media Tracker NOT track for a Facebook account?
    • Which tools should a marketing specialist use to assess their online reputation? Choose two answers.
    • Which SEMrush tool can be integrated with your Google Analytics account in order to see how your blog posts perform?
    • Look at the image below. According to the Keyword Manager, it will be easier to get higher position in Google if you write an article using the first set of keywords.
    • With the help of which tool can you get SEO recommendations for your future articles based on analysis of your Google top 10 organic competitors?
    • To see audience, engagement and activity for your social media accounts, you would create an On Page SEO Checker campaign.
    • What does the TF-IDF metric from On Page SEO Checker show?
    • You CANNOT sort sources by mentions, or filter out only blog mentions in the Brand Monitoring tool
  • SEMrush SEO Fundamentals Exam Certification
    • Which of the listed factors are important for local SEO? Choose three answers.
    • What are the signals that help Google see that your site is targeting a specific country? Choose two answers.
    • What are the main ways of improving your mobile website’s user experience? Choose three answers.
    • Fill in the blanks: ______ is the manual method where you add in-line schema annotations to the corresponding HTML page elements. When you use ______, Javascript fires and inserts the markup into the head of the page.
    • What is the primary difference between mobile search results and desktop search results?
    • What does AMP stand for?
    • When using this mobile site type, you’ve got a single set of files with one version of content, which is shown to a user regardless of the device they’re using.
    • Which factors will increase the value of a link? Choose two answers.
    • Which keywords are best to target?
    • Which of the listed items does Search Console allow you to do? Choose two answers.
    • Which status code tells us that the server is currently unable to handle the request (“temporarily unavailable” error)?
    • Fill in the blanks: ______ reviews are the source for your rating in the Knowledge Panel on Google, while Apple maps uses the review stars from ______ by default.
    • Which of the following symbols should you use to separate the words in the slug, according to best practice?
    • Microdata markup is an automatic method in which Javascript adds schema annotation into the head of the page.
    • What’s the difference between a 301 and a 302 redirect?
    • What is sitemap.xml?
    • To ensure the highest Google rankings, it will be enough to focus your efforts on just several main ranking factors.
    • What is the name of the URL element that is present on every page except the homepage?
    • What does PLA stand for?
    • What is the approximate number of Google’s ranking factors?
  • SEMrush PPC fundamentals exam answers
    • True or false? Frequency capping sets limits on how many times the same person can see an ad.
    • Fill in the blank. Display advertising allows you to reach users at the ___________ stage of the decision making funnel.
    • True or false? Uploading a CSV of your data feed from your computer will allow you to set an automated schedule.
    • What Does PLA Stand For? (Duplicate 2)
    • If a keyword has a 2% conversion rate, and the value of a conversion is $100, what is the value per click of that keyword?
    • True or false? A feature that the SEMrush Keyword Magic Tool offers which the AdWords Keyword Tool lacks is the ability to list attributes along side roots.
    • Which two statements are not true about Google Ads Keyword planner?
    • Fill in the blank: It is important to take into consideration the decision making funnel when conducting keyword research so that you focus on more actionable words that will help you deliver a __________CTR with Google and ________ better.
    • The negative exact keyword ‘-[beach chair]’ will exclude the following search term:
    • What are Google Search Partners?
    • Google Ads hierarchy, from largest to smallest, is:
    • True or false? Your campaign should be limited by its budget setting when you want to limit losses on unprofitable campaigns that are being optimized.
    • How do you get more meaningful statistics without spending more money? Choose 3 correct answers.
    • Conversion optimizer works by:
    • Which is not an example of a dimension?
    • More sales copy helps sell to users that are:
    • What does tracking performance down a sales funnel enable you to do? Choose 3 answers.
    • How much budget should you set when launching your universal app campaigns?
    • Which step in the decision making funnel do most people fit in.
    • True or false? It is important to track in-app actions to optimize for users that are engaged in completing valuable actions within the app, not app installs.
    • Which part of the sales funnel has the most users ?
    • How should Remarketing lists be segmented? Choose two options.
    • Ads for Universal App Campaigns are created:
    • True or false? An effective PPC strategy should consider the ads themselves; the steps that users take on your website in order to convert to clients is not a part of this strategy.
    • Fill in the blank. Branded SEO is _______ because SEO is about being _______ and nobody is more _______ for your brand than you are.
    • Fill in the blank. The best practice for a/b testing two different calls to action for a __________ad is to test banners that are __________in every way, with the exception of the call to action.
    • Which is not true about display advertising?
    • Which is not a consequence of the situation when you don’t bid on your brand name?
    • Which example of display targeting is not one that targets users by content?
    • What is the primary metric for determining a winning ad?
    • How do you get charged with PPC?
    • When you have dedicated landing pages, who is the home page meant to serve?
    • True or false? Building an attribution model helps you to attribute appropriate credit to multiple marketing channels that contributed to a single sale.
    • How many ad sizes are there on the GDN?
  • SEMrush Technical SEO Certification Exam Answers
    • True or false? It is recommended to work with log files constantly, making it a part of the SEO routine rather than doing one-off audits.
    • What is the best solution when you know the approximate time of maintenance work on your website?
    • A good approach is to create internal competition. More links to different URLs have the same anchor text, easier for Google is to differentiate which of them is the one URL on your domain to be ranked for the given keyword.
    • Choose a valid statement about AMP:
    • Choose two optimization approaches that are useful for performance optimization:
    • True or false? The SEMrush Site Audit tool allows you only to define issues that slow down your website and does not give any recommendations on how to fix them.
    • Choose three answers. What information can be found in an access-logfile?
    • When is it better to use the 410 error rather than the 404? Choose two answers:
    • Choose a factor that affects the crawling process negatively.
    • Which type of mobile website version should you use to check if the “user agent HTTP header” variable is included to identify and provide the relevant web version to the right user agent?
    • Fill in the blanks. When you want to use _____, make sure they are placed in plain HTML/X-robots tags. _____ injected by JavaScript are considered less reliable, and the chances are that Google will ignore them.
    • Choose the correct statement about mark-up.
    • You have site versions for France and Italy and you set up two hreflangs for them. For the rest of your end-users you plan to use the English version of the site. Which directive will you use?
    • Check all three reasons for choosing a 301 redirect over a 302 redirect:
    • Fill in the blank. It’s not wise to index search result pages because _____
    • Choose three statements referring to XML sitemaps that are true:
    • What are the two valid statements with regard to the critical rendering path (CRP)?
    • Choose two http response status codes that will work where there is any kind of geographical, automated redirect. We are talking about international requests from different geographical regions.
    • What does the 4XX HTTP status code range refer to?
    • Choose two correct statements about a canonical tag:
    • What are two the most commonly known best practices to increase crawling effectiveness?
    • Choose the right statement about AMP:
    • Fill in the blank. According to the latest statistics, 60% or more of all results for high volume keyword queries in the TOP-3 have already been moved over to run on ______
    • Choose two answers. Some disadvantages of ccTLDs are:
    • You have two versions of the same content in HTML (on the website and in PDF). What is the best solution to bringing a user to the site with the full navigation instead of just downloading a PDF file?
    • True or false? It is not possible to have multiple robots meta tags.
    • What is link juice?
    • True or false? Pre-fetch and pre-render are especially useful when you do not depend on 3rd party requests or contents from a CDN or a subdomain.
    • Choose two statements that are right.
    • Choose the wrong statement.
    • How often does the option to combine a robots.txt disallow with a robots.txt noindex statement make folders or URLs appear in SERPs?
    • What elements should text links consist of to ensure the best possible SEO performance?
    • Which HTTP code ranges refer to crawl errors? Choose two answers.
    • PRG (Post-Redirect-Get pattern) is a great way to make Google crawl all the multiple URLs created on pages with many categories and subcategories.
    • What is the proper instrument to simulate Googlebot activity in Chrome?
    • Choose two statements that are false about the SEMrush Audit Tool.
  • SEMrush Competitive Analysis and Keyword Research Test Answers
    • With the help of the Backlink Gap tool, you can find the list of high authority domains that refer to your competitors but not to you.
    • Which metric indicates how hard it is to rank for a certain keyword in organic search?
    • Fill in the blanks. When it comes to content benchmarking, there are several tools that can help you out. _______ enables you to see how certain articles perform in terms of visibility and user engagement metrics. _______ helps find resources y
    • Which report will give you the best idea of how to choose a partner that has the highest chance of bringing you the highest conversion in your target location?
    • You are running a brand new website, and are now analyzing your competitor’s website to build your initial keyword list. Choose two optimal scenarios.
    • Which position change will potentially lead to a higher traffic boost?
    • What is the ‘Destination Sites’ report of Traffic Analytics all about?
    • Which reports deal with the keyword difficulty metric? Choose three answers.
    • What type of keywords will help you to enrich your website’s semantic core with synonyms and misspellings?
    • Which metric does the Y axis reflect on the Organic Position Distribution widget in Domain Overview?
  • SEMrush Content-Led SEO Exam Answers
    • Which Power Page Content Framework is best for establishing yourself as an expert in your niche?
    • Which Power Page Content Framework is focused on data?
    • What is the #1 goal of a Power Page?
    • What are Medium Tail Keywords?
    • What are Linkreators?
    • What are “Stat Keywords”?
    • What’s a reliable way to get high-quality writing delivered from freelancers?
    • What’s the first step to scaling up content production?
    • Why is search intent important?
    • What is Dwell Time?
    • Which tactics can help improve organic CTR?
    • Which Power Page Content Framework is best for building relationships?
    • What are “Shoulder Niches”?
    • Which link building strategy focuses on fixing broken resources?
    • Which phase of content promotion should be done first?
  • SEMrush Link Building Test Answers
    • Fill in the blanks. In Backlink Audit, a domain with a link is considered toxic with a toxic score of ______, potentially toxic are those with a score of _______. You _______ to review them manually before sending to Whitelist, to Remove or to
    • True or false? The Matches column in the Backlink Gap report table shows how many of the analyzed domains have gotten their links from a certain referring domain.
    • Which tool helps you to find domains with a high authority score that have links to your competitor but do not have links to your website?
    • The Link Building tool allows you to discover whether an acquired backlink was indexed by Google. True or false?
    • Which prospects metric in the Link Building tool represents the extent to which a certain domain with a link to your website could be harmful to your website and affect your ranking in search engines?
    • What is the optimal click depth of a page?
    • The Internal link distribution chart in Site Audit shows:
    • To access the most current data on disavowed backlinks you should integrate Backlink Audit with:
    • With the help of Backlink Audit you can download a list of toxic backlinks and then send it to the Google disavow tool. True or false?
    • Which widget in Backlink Analytics shows you “sponsored” and “UGC” directives, recently introduced by Google?
  • SEMrush Rank Tracking Test Answers
    • True or false? The Ranking distribution report allows you to see the number of keywords in a campaign you and your competitors have in the top 3, top 10, top 20 and top 100 positions.
    • Choose 2 correct statements about the Featured Snippets report in the Position Tracking tool.
    • In what Google positions can you check the popularity of a HTTPS protocol extension by viewing a donut diagram in the Sensor tool? Choose 2 answers.
    • Sensor shows the actual SERP volatility level, which reflects the speed of changes in Google search results. What SENSOR score refers to a normal volatility level?
    • Which report in Position tracking can help you to determine pages that rank or do not rank for a certain keyword and at the same time pages that rank with a specific aggregate volume?
    • Which metric based on CTR shows a website’s progress in Google’s top 100 for keywords that are currently tracked?
    • With a Position Tracking tool you can track root domain, subdomain and URL, but not subfolder. True or false?
  • SEMrush Mobile, International, and Local SEO Test
    • Which tools help you get better results for local SEO by giving ideas of how to get to local pack? Choose 3 answers.
    • Which metric in Position Tracking when at 100% shows that the tracked domain, subdomain or URL has the first position for every keyword you have set up in a project?
    • Choose 1 INCORRECT statement about the Listing Management Tool.
    • In Position Tracking, you can add up to 10 devices and locations (depending on your subscription) to track your visibility and also specify the search engine for the campaign.
    • Which tool helps you find pages with missing Hreflang attributes?
    • Which tool can help you find keywords that generate SERP features that are extremely useful for searches on mobile devices?
    • What load speed is recommended for web pages to make the site perform well?
    • Site Audit is able to check your AMP pages, which are a great way to improve your mobile SEO.
    • What should be done to make Site Audit check which pages take more than 1 second to become interactive?
    • Fill in the blanks. The ___ tab in the featured snippet report in the ___ shows ___ where your domain doesn’t rank in featured snippets, but your competitors do.
  • SEMrush Management, Reporting, and Collaboration Test
    • Fill in the blanks ___subscribers can only have ___marketing calendar(s); ___subscribers can create unlimited calendars and also share the calendar in___ mode. This means that anyone can view the calendar through access to an external link, wit
    • Connecting GA with SEO dashboard we get traffic data based on:
    • What subscription allows you to produce a White Label Report where all mentions of SEMrush are avoided, even in the email address from which the report is sent?
    • It is possible to link your campaigns in the Marketing Calendar to your real campaigns in Google Analytics by using UTM tags. True or false?
    • Fill in the blank. By connecting My Reports with Google ___, among other widgets, you can get New vs Returning Visitors, Top Traffic Channels and Top Page Views.
    • Guru and business subscribers can add their logo into the reports. True or false?
    • There are many widgets on the SEO dashboard, with many data sources. From which of the various sources can information be found in widgets? Choose 3 answers.
    • There are many widgets on the SEO dashboard, with many data sources. From which of the various sources can information be found in widgets? Choose 3 answers.
  • SEMrush Role of Content Exam
    • How can improving your EAT help your business? Choose the three best answers.
    • What are some of the benefits of informational content? Pick the three best answers.
    • How do we balance comprehensive content with the desire for easy to navigate websites?
    • What do our case studies about links as a ranking factor show us?
    • What are the most important aspects of content for SEO? Choose two correct answers.
    • What are the most important aspects of content for SEO? Choose two correct answers.
    • What are the downsides of using a blog to publish evergreen content? Choose two answers.
    • What are some of the ways you can filter links in SEMrush? Choose three answers.
    • Why do people link to you?
  • SEMrush Local SEO Exam Answers
    • If you’re using the standard “What’s New?” template, Google Posts stay live for
    • Your Google My Business listing is.
    • You should reply to
    • The Link Building tool allows you to discover whether an acquired backlink was indexed by Google. True or false?
    • The ideal review score is:
    • The most important content tip from Greg is:
    • For Local SEO, citations are
    • Name the solid local link building strategy:
    • There’s no difference in ranking factors between traditional and Local SEO, the only thing different is the signal weights.
    • You’re allowed to ask and answer your own questions in the GMB Questions and Answers section.
    • How do you know if you need Local SEO?
  • SEMrush Mobile SEO Exam Answers
    • What makes your website responsive?
    • Adding your city or location keyword to your meta description helps you rank better for mobile searches.
    • What kinds of businesses need Local SEO?
    • Why are AMP sites faster?
    • What’s better for your business? AMP or PWA?
    • Choose 2 correct statements about site load speed.
    • What’s one simple mobile UX code change that will help you get more form conversions?
    • Google’s spiders render your pages because Google wants to crawl your site as humans see it.
    • When you’re designing content for your site, you should design primarily for desktop screens, then use CSS to adjust what’s on mobile.
    • Choose the correct statement about mobile searchers according to Google research.
  • Content Marketing and SEO Fundamentals Exam
    • What are your target audiences for content marketing campaigns? Choose three options.